Skip to main content

Full text of "History of biology"

See other formats


Is. 


THESE   SPLENDID  HANDBOOKS  BELONG  TO 
AN  AGE  Off  WONDERS."— BIRMINGHAM  GAZETTE. 


The  Story  of  the  Sciences 


ALL  ABOUT 


BIOLOGY 


BY 


L.  C.  MIALL.  D.Sc.,  F.R.S., 

ierly  Professor' of  Biology,  Leeds  University,  1876-1907 
Fullerian  Professor,  Eoyal  Institute,  1904-5 


160  pp.,  with  Pictorial  Illustrations 

(This  work  may  also  be  had  bound  in  cloth,  price  2s.  net} 


LONDON:  WATTS  &  CO. 


m 


. 


BIOLOGY  LIBRARY 


KARL  ERNST  VON  BAER 

(in  old  age),  from  the  picture  by  Hagen-Schwarz. 

( By  Permission  of  t/te  Berlin  Photographic  Company,  133  New  Bond  Street, 
London,  W,~) 


HISTORY  OF 

BIOLOGY 


BY 

L.  C.HVJIALL,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S., 

FORMERLY  PROFESSOR  OF   BIOLOGY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  LEEDS 


[ISSUED  FOR  THE  RATIONALIST  PRESS  ASSOCIATION,  LIMITED] 


LONDON  : 
WATTS  &  CO., 

17  JOHNSON'S  COURT,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G. 
1911 


H// 


LIBRARY 
6 


•,* 


CONTENTS 


INTRODUCTION  i 

Biology  of  the  ancients.  Extinction  of  scientific 
inquiry.  Revival  of  knowledge. 

PERIOD  1(1530-1660)         -  -  -  -  -  7 

Characteristics  of  the  period.  The  revival  of 
botany.  The  revival  of  zoology.  Early  notions  of 
system.  The  first  English  naturalists.  The  rise  of 
experimental  physiology.  The  natural  history  of 
distant  lands  (sixteenth  century  and  earlier).  Agri- 
culture, horticulture,  and  silk-culture  in  the  sixteenth 
century. 

PERIOD  II  (1661-1740) 28 

Characteristics  of  the  period.  The  minute  anatomists. 
Early  notions  about  the  nature  of  fossils.  Compara- 
tive anatomy  ;  the  study  of  biological  types.  Adapta- 
tions of  plants  and  animals ;  natural  theology. 
Spontaneous  generation.  The  natural  history  of 
John  Ray.  The  scale  of  nature.  The  sexes  of 
flowering  plants. 

PERIOD  111(1741-1789)     -  -  .  .  -          49 

Characteristics  of  the  period.  Systems  of  flowering 
plants  ;  Linnaeus  and  the  Jussieus.  Reaumur  and 
the  History  of  Insects.  The  budding-out  of  new 
animals  (Hydra) ;  another  form  of  propagation  with- 
out mating  (aphids).  The  historical  or  comparative 
method  ;  Montesquieu  and  BufFon.  Amateur  students 
of  living  animals.  Intelligence  and  instinct  in  the 
lower  animals.  The  food  of  green  plants.  The 
metamorphoses  of  plants.  Early  notions  about  the 
lower  plants. 


Mv  3655 


vi  CONTENTS 


PERIOD  IV  (1790-1858)     -  89 

Characteristics  of  the  period.  Sprengel  and  the 
fertilisation  of  flowers.  Cuvier  and  the  rise  of 
palaeontology.  Chamisso  on  the  alternation  of 
generations  in  Salpa.  Baer  and  the  development  of 
animals.  The  cell-theory.  The  scientific  investiga- 
tion of  the  hig-her  cryptogams.  The  enrichment  of 
English  gardens.  Humboldt  as  a  traveller  and  a 
biologist.  Premonitions  of  a  biological  theory  of 
evolution. 

PERIOD  V  (1859  AND  LATER)        -  -  124 

Darwin  on  the  Origin  of  Species.  Pasteur's  experi- 
mental study  of  microbes. 

CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE       -           -  -  -  -  141 

THE  SUB-DIVISIONS  OF  BIOLOGY  -  -  -  146 

BIBLIOGRAPHY                      -          -  -  -  -  147 

INDEX-                                            -  -  -  -  149 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 


PAGE 

KARL  ERNST  VON  BAER      ....  Frontispiece 
FIGURE  FROM  FUCKS'  "  HISTORIA  STIRPIU-M  "  8 

LEONHARD  FUCHS       •  .          •  -  -        10 

COMPARATIVE    FIGURES   OF    SKELETONS    OF    MAN  AND 
BIRD,  FROM  BELON'S  BOOK  OF  BIRDS      -           -  -  14,  15 

MARCELLO  MALPIGHI  -  -  -  -        31 

ANTONY  VAN  LEEUWENHOEK  -  -  -  -33 

JOHN  RAY        ...  42 

CAROLUS  LINNAEUS     ------       53 

GEORGES  Louis  LECLERC,  COMTE  DE  BUFFON      -  -65 

GEORGES  CUVIER        ------       99 


*,» 


INTRODUCTION 

FOUR  HUNDRED  years  ago,  say  in  the  year  1500,  Biology, 
the  science  of  life,  was  represented  chiefly  by  a  slight 
and  inaccurate  natural  history  of  plants  and  animals. 
Botany  attracted  more  students  than  any  other  branch, 
because  it  was  recognised  as  a  necessary  aid  to  medical 
practice.  The  zoology  of  the  time,  extracted  from 
ancient  books,  was  most  valued  as  a  source  from 
which  preachers  and  moralists  might  draw  impressive 
emblems.  Anatomy  and  physiology  were  taught  out  of 
Galen  to  the  more  learned  of  physicians  and  surgeons. 
Some  meagre  notices  of  the  plants  and  animals  of 
foreign  countries,  mingled  with  many  childish  fables, 
eked  out  the  scanty  treatises  of  European  natural 
history.  It  was  not  yet  generally  admitted  that  fossil 
bones,  teeth,  and  shells  were  the  remains  of  extinct 
animals. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  following  chapters  to  show 
how  this  insignificant  body  of  information  expanded 
into  the  biology  of  the  twentieth  century ;  how  it 
became  enriched  by  a  multitude  of  new  facts,  strength- 
ened by  new  methods  and  animated  by  new  ideas. 

The  Biology  of  the  Ancients. 

Long  before  the  year  1500  there  had  been  a  short- 
lived science  of  biology,  and  it  is  necessary  to  explain 
how  it  arose  and  how  it  became  quenched.  Ancient 
books  and  the  languages  in  which  they  are  written 
teach  us  that  in  very  remote  times  men  attended  to  the 

i 


INTRODUCTION 


of  plants  a^d  the  habits  of  animals,  gave  names  to 
familiar  species,  and  recognised  that  while  human  life 
4i&s  mac:i  in  common  with  the  life  of  animals,  it  has 
something  in  common  with  the  life  of  plants.  Abundant 
traces  of  an  interest  in  living  things  are  to  be  found  in 
the  oldest  records  of  India,  Palestine,  and  Egypt.  Still 
more  interesting,  at  least  to  the  inhabitants  of  Western 
Europe,  is  the  biology  of  the  ancient  Greeks.  The 
Greeks  were  an  open-air  people,  dwelling  in  a  singularly 
varied  country  nowhere  far  removed  from  the  moun- 
tains or  the  sea.  Intellectually  they  were  distinguished 
by  curiosity,  imagination,  and  a  strong  taste  for 
reasoning.  Hence  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that 
natural  knowledge  should  have  been  widely  diffused 
among  them,  nor  that  some  of  them  should  have 
excelled  in  science.  Besides  all  the  rest,  the  Greeks 
were  a  literary  people,  who  have  left  behind  them  a 
copious  record  of  their  thoughts  and  experience.  Greek 
science,  and  Greek  biology  in  particular,  are  therefore 
of  peculiar  interest  and  value. 

Greek  naturalists  in  or  before  the  age  of  Alexander 
the  Great  had  collected  and  methodised  the  lore  of 
the  farmer,  gardener,  hunter,  fisherman,  herb-gatherer, 
and  physician ;  the  extant  writings  of  Aristotle  and 
Theophrastus  give  us  some  notion  of  what  had  been 
•discovered  down  to  that  time. 

Aristotle  shows  a  wide  knowledge  of  animals.  He 
dwells  upon  peculiar  instincts,  such  as  the  migration  of 
birds,  the  nest-building  of  the  fish  Phycis,  the  capture  of 
prey  by  the  fish  Lophius,  the  protective  discharge  of 
ink  by  Sepia,  and  the  economy  of  the  hive-bee.  He  is 
fond  of  combining  many  particular  facts  into  general 
statements  like  these  :  No  animal  which  has  wings  is 
without  legs  ;  animals  with  paired  horns  have  cloven 


THE  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  ANCIENTS  3 

feet  and  a  complex,  ruminating  stomach,  and  lack  the 
upper  incisor  teeth  ;  hollow  horns,  supported  by  bony 
horn-cores,  are  not  shed,  but  solid  horns  are  shed  every 
year ;  birds  which  are  armed  with  spurs  are  never 
armed  with  lacerating-  claws  ;  insects  which  bear  a  sting 
in  the  head  are  always  two-winged,  but  insects  which 
bear  their  sting  behind  are  four-winged.  He  traces 
analogies  between  things  which  are  superficially  unlike, 
such  as  plants  and  animals — the  mouth  of  the  animal 
and  the  root  of  the  plant.  The  systematic  naturalist  is 
prone  to  attend  chiefly  to  the  differences  between 
species  ;  Aristotle  is  equally  interested  in  their  resem- 
blances. The  systematic  naturalist  arranges  his 
descriptions  under  species,  Aristotle  under  organs  or 
functions;  he  is  the  first  of  the  comparative  anatomists. 
His  conception  of  biology  (the  word  but  not  the  thing 
is  modern)  embraces  both  animals  and  plants,  ana- 
tomy, physiology,  and  system.  That  he  possessed  a 
zoological  system  whose  primary  divisions  were  nearly 
as  good  as  those  of  Linnaeus  is  clear  from  the  names 
and  distinctions  which  he  employs  ;  but  no  formal 
system  is  set  forth  in  his  extant  writings.  His  treatise 
on  plants  has  unfortunately  been  lost. 

Aristotle,  like  all  the  Greeks,  was  unpractised  in 
experiment.  It  had  not  yet  been  discovered  that  an 
experiment  may  quickly  and  certainly  decide  questions 
which  might  be  argued  at  great  length  without  result, 
nor  that  an  experiment  devised  to  answer  one  question 
may  suggest  others  possibly  more  important  than  the 
first.  Deliberate  scientific  experiments  are  so  rare 
among  the  Greeks  that  we  can  hardly  point  to  more 
than  two — those  on  refraction  of  light,  commonly 
attributed  to  Ptolemy,  and  those  by  which  Pythagoras 
is  supposed  to  have  ascertained  the  numerical  relations 


INTRODUCTION 


of  the  musical  scale.  Aristotle  was  the  last  great  man 
of  science  who  lived  and  taught  in  Greece.  His 
writings  disappeared  from  view  for  many  centuries, 
and  when  they  were  recovered  they  were  not  so  much 
examined  and  corrected  as  idolised. 

Greece  lost  her  liberty  at  Chaeronea,  and  with  liberty 
her  fairest  hopes  of  continued  intellectual  development. 
Nevertheless,  during  a  great  part  of  a  thousand  years 
the  Greek  and  Semitic  school  of  Alexandria  cultivated 
the  sciences  with  diligence  and  success.  We  must  say 
nothing  here  about  the  geometry,  astronomy,  optics,  or 
geography  there  taught,  but  merely  note  that  Hero- 
philus  and  Erasistratus,  unimpeded  by  that  repugnance 
to  mutilation  of  the  human  body  which  had  been  insur- 
mountable at  Athens,  made  notable  advances  in  anatomy 
and  physiology.  From  this  time  a  fair  knowledge  of 
the  bodily  structure  of  man,  decidedly  superior  to  that 
which  Aristotle  had  possessed,  was  at  the  command  of 
every  educated  biologist. 

The  genius  of  Rome  applied  itself  to  purposes  remote 
from  science.  The  example  of  Alexandria  had  its 
influence,  however,  upon  some  inhabitants  of  the 
Roman  Empire.  Galen  of  Pergamum  in  Asia  Minor 
prosecuted  the  study  of  human  anatomy.  His  know- 
ledge of  the  parts  which  can  be  investigated  by  simple 
dissection  was  extensive,  but  he  was  unpractised  in 
experimental  physiology.  Hence  his  teaching,  though 
full  with  respect  to  the  skeleton,  the  chief  viscera,  and 
the  parts  of  the  brain,  was  faulty  with  respect  to  the 
flow  of  the  blood  through  the  heart  and  body.  Ages 
after  his  death  the  immense  reputation  of  Galen,  like 
that  of  Aristotle,  was  used  with  great  effect  to  discredit 
more  searching  inquiries.  Under  the  Roman  Empire 
also  flourished  Dioscorides,  who  wrote  on  the  plants  used 


EXTINCTION  OF  SCIENTIFIC  INQUIRY          5 

in  medicine,  and  the  elder  Pliny,  who  compiled  avast, 
but  wholly  uncritical,  encyclopaedia  of  natural  history. 

We  see  from  these  facts  how  ancient  nations,  inhabit- 
ing" the  Mediterranean  basin  and  largely  guided  by 
Greek  intelligence,  had  not  only  striven  to  systematise 
that  knowledge  of  plants  and  animals  which  every 
energetic  and  observant  race  is  sure  to  possess,  but 
had  with  still  more  determination  laboured  to  create  a 
science  of  human  anatomy  which  should  be  serviceable 
to  the  art  of  medicine.  The  effort  was  renewed  time 
after  time  during  five  or  six  centuries,  but  was  at  last 
crushed  under  the  conquests  of  a  long  succession  of 
foreign  powers — Macedonians,  Romans,  Mohammedan 
Arabs,  and  northern  barbarians — each  more  hostile  to 
knowledge  than  its  predecessors. 

Extinction  of  Scientific  Inquiry. 

The  decline  and  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  brought 
with  it  the  temporary  extinction  of  civilisation  in  a 
great  part  of  Western  Europe.  Science  was  during 
some  centuries  taught,  if  taught  at  all,  out  of  little 
manuals  compiled  from  ancient  authors.  Geometry  and 
astronomy  were  supplanted  by  astrology  and  magic  ; 
medicine  was  rarely  practised  except  by  Jews  and  the 
inmates  of  religious  houses.  Literature  and  the  fine 
arts  died  out  almost  everywhere. 

No  doubt  the  practical  knowledge  of  the  farmer  and 
gardener,  as  well  as  the  lore  of  the  country-side,  was 
handed  down  from  father  to  son  during  all  the  ages  of 
darkness,  but  the  natural  knowledge  transmitted  by 
books  suffered  almost  complete  decay.  The  teaching 
ascribed  to  Physiologus  is  a  sufficient  proof  of  this 
statement.  Physiologus  is  the  name  given  in  many 
languages  during  a  thousand  years  to  the  reputed 


INTRODUCTION 


author  of  popular  treatises  of  zoology,  which  are  also 
called  Bestiaries,  or  books  of  beasts.  Here  it  was  told 
how  the  lion  sleeps  with  open  eyes,  how  the  crocodile 
weeps  when  it  has  eaten  a  man,  how  the  elephant  has 
but  one  joint  in  its  leg  and  cannot  lie  down,  how  the 
pelican  brings  her  young-  back  to  life  by  sprinkling 
them  with  her  own  blood.  The  emblems  of  the 
Bestiaries  supplied  ornaments  to  mediaeval  sermons  ; 
as  late  as  Shakespeare's  day  poetry  drew  from  them  no 
small  part  of  her  imagery  ;  they  were  carved  on  the 
benches,  stalls,  porches,  and  gargoyles  of  the  churches. 

In  the  last  years  of  the  tenth  century  A.D.  faint  signs 
of  revival  appeared,  which  became  distinct  in  another 
hundred  years.  From  that  day  to  our  own  the  progress 
has  been  continuous. 

Revival  of  Knowledge. 

By  the  thirteenth  century  the  rate  of  progress  had 
become  rapid.  To  this  age  are  ascribed  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  mariner's  compass,  gunpowder,  reading 
glasses,  the  Arabic  numerals,  and  decimal  arithmetic. 
In  the  fourteenth  century  trade  with  the  East  revived  ; 
Central  Asia  and  even  the  Far  East  were  visited  by 
Europeans  ;  universities  were  multiplied  ;  the  revival 
of  learning,  painting,  and  sculpture  was  accomplished 
in  Italy.  Engraving  on  wood  or  copper  and  printing 
from  moveable  types  date  from  the  fifteenth  century. 
The  last  decade  of  this  century  is  often  regarded  as  the 
close  of  the  Middle  Ages  ;  it  really  marks,  not  the 
beginning,  but  only  an  extraordinary  acceleration,  of 
the  new  progressive  movement,  which  set  in  long 
before.  To  the  years  between  1490  and  1550  belong 
the  great  geographical  discoveries  of  the  Spaniards  in 
the  West  and  of  the  Portuguese  in  the  East,  as  well 
as  the  Reformation  and  the  revival  of  science. 


PERIOD  I. 

1530-1660 

Characteristics  of  the  Period. 

THIS  is  the  time  of  the  revival  of  science  ;  the  revival 
of  learning  had  set  in  about  two  centuries  earlier. 
Europe  was  now  repeatedly  devastated  by  religious  wars- 
(the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands,  the  wars  of  the  League 
in  France,  the  Thirty  Years'  war,  the  civil  war  in 
England).  Learning  was  still  mainly  classical  and 
scholastic  ;  nearly  every  writer  whom  we  shall  have 
occasion  to  name  had  been  educated  at  a  university, 
and  was  able  to  read  and  write  Latin.  Two  great 
extensions  of  knowledge  helped  to  widen  the  thoughts 
of  men.  It  became  known  for  the  first  time  that  our 
planet  is  an  insignificant  member  of  a  great  solar 
system,  and  that  Christendom  is  both  in  extent  and 
population  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  habitable  globe. 

The  Revival  of  Botany. 

Botany  was  among  the  first  of  the  sciences  to  revive. 
Its  comparatively  early  start  was  due  to  close  associa- 
tion with  the  lucrative  profession  of  medicine.  Medicine 
itself  was  slow  to  shake  off  the  unscientific  tradition  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  and  its  backwardness  favoured,  as  it 
happened,  the  progress  of  botany.  In  the  sixteenth 
century  the  physician  was  above  all  things  the  pre- 
scriber  of  drugs,  and  since  nine-tenths  of  the  drugs 
were  got  from  plants,  botanical  knowledge  was  reckoned 
as  one  of  his  chief  qualifications.  All  physicians 

7 


FIGURE  OF  SOLOMON'S  SEAL. 

From  Fuchs*  Historia  Stirpium,  1542.    The  original  occupies  a  folio  page. 


PERIOD  I. 


professed  to  be  botanists,  and  every  botanist  was  thought 
fit  to  practise  medicine. 

Three  Germans,  who  were  at  once  botanists  and 
physicians — Brunfels,  Bock,  and  Fuchs — led  the  way 
by  publishing-  herbals,  in  which  the  plants  of  Germany 
were  described  and  figured  from  nature.  Their  first 
editions  appeared  in  the  years  1530,  1539,  and  1542. 
Illustrated  herbals  were  then  no  novelty,  but  whereas 
they  had  hitherto  supplied  figures  which  had  been 
copied  time  after  time  until  they  had  often  ceased  to  be 
recognisable,  Brunfels  set  a  pattern  of  better  things  by 
producing  what  he  called  "  herbarum  vivae  eicones," 
life-like  figures  of  the  plants.  Each  of  the  three  new 
herbals  contained  hundreds  of  large  woodcuts.  Those 
engraved  for  Fuchs  are  probably  of  higher  artistic 
quality  than  any  that  have  appeared  since.  Each  plant, 
drawn  in  clear  outline  without  shading,  fills  a  folio 
page,  upon  which  the  text  is  not  allowed  to  encroach. 
The  botanist  will,  however,  remark  that  enlarged 
figures  are  hardly  ever  given,  so  that  minute  flowers 
show  as  mere  dots,  and  that  the  details  of  the  foliage 
are  not  so  scrupulously  delineated  as  in  modern  figures. 
The  text  of  Brunfels  and  Fuchs  is  of  little  interest, 
being  largely  occupied  with  traditional  pharmacy. 
Bock,  whose  figures  are  inferior  to  those  of  Brunfels 
and  Fuchs,  makes  up  for  this  deficiency  by  his  graphic 
and  sometimes  amusing  descriptions.  He  delights  in 
natural  contrivances,  such  as  the  hooks  on  the  twining 
stem  of  the  hop,  or  the  elastic  membrane  which  throws 
out  the  seeds  of  wood-sorrel.  Brunfels  has  no  intelli- 
gible sequence  of  species  ;  Fuchs  abandons  the  attempt 
to  discover  a  natural  succession,  and  adopts  the  alpha- 
betical order ;  Bock  aims  at  bringing  together  plants 
which  show  mutual  affinity  ("  Gewachs  einander  ver- 


LEONHARD  FUCHS. 

From  his  Historia  Stirpium,  1742. 


THE  REVIVAL  OF  BOTANY  n 

wandt"),  though  such  natural  groups  as  he  recognises 
are  neither  named  nor  defined. 

These  three  German  herbals  really  deserve  to  be 
called  scientific.  To  figure  the  plants  of  Germany  from 
the  life,  to  exclude  such  as  existed  only  in  books,  and 
to  strive  after  a  natural  grouping,  was  a  first  step 
towards  a  fruitful  knowledge  of  plant-life.  It  is  worth 
while  to  dwell  for  a  moment  upon  the  place  where  these 
herbals  were  produced.  Along  the  Rhine  civilisation 
and  industry  had  for  many  years  flourished  together. 
Here  and  in  the  country  to  the  east  of  the  great  river 
had  sprung  up  that  powerful  union  of  seventy  cities 
known  in  the  thirteenth  century  as  the  Confederation 
of  the  Rhine  ;  four  universities,  three  of  them  on  the 
banks  of  the  Rhine,  had  been  founded  ;  here  printing 
and  wood-engraving  had  established  themselves  in 
their  infancy  ;  here,  too,  the  Reformation  found  many 
early  supporters.  There  were  historical,  economic,  and 
moral  reasons  why  the  first  printed  books-  on  natural 
history,  illustrated  by  wood-cuts  drawn  from  the  life, 
should  have  been  produced  in  the  Rhineland,  and  why 
all  their  authors  should  have  been  Protestants.  Nearly 
every  sixteenth-century  botanist  held  the  same  faith. 

The  success  of  the  first  German  herbalists  brought  a 
crowd  of  botanists  into  the  field,  among  whom  were 
several  whose  names  are  still  remembered  with  honour. 
Gesner  of  Zurich  made  elaborate  studies  for  a  great 
history  of  plants,  which  he  did  not  live  to  complete. 
It  was  he  who  first  pointed  out  that  the  flower  and 
fruit  give  the  best  indications  of  the  natural  relation- 
ships of  plants,  and  his  many  beautiful  enlarged 
drawings  set  an  example  which  has  done  much  for 
scientific  botany.  Botanists  began  to  understand  what 
natural  grouping  means,  and  to  recognise  that  truly 

B  2 


12  PERIOD  I. 


natural  groups  are  not  to  be  invented,  but  discovered. 
The  almost  accidental  succession  adopted  by  Brunfels, 
the  alphabetical  succession  of  Fuchs,  the  division 
according-  to  uses  (kitchen-herbs,  coronary  or  garland- 
flowers,  etc.),  and  the  logical,  but  too  formal,  method 
of  Cesalpini,  in  which,  as  in  modern  classification, 
much  use  was  made  of  the  divisions  in  the  ovary — 
all  these  were  left  behind.  L'Obel  separated,  uncon- 
sciously and  imperfectly,  the  Monocotyledons  from  the 
Dicotyledons,  recognised  several  easily  distinguished 
families  of  flowering-  plants  (grasses,  umbellifers, 
labiates,  etc.),  and  framed  the  first  synoptic  tables  of 

genera. 

The  Revival  of  Zoology. 

While  the  physicians  of  the  Rhineland  were  describing 
and  figuring  their  native  plants,  the  study  of  animals 
began  to  revive.  Two  very  different  methods  of  work 
were  tried  by  the  zoologists  of  the  sixteenth  century. 
One  set  of  men,  who  may  be  called  the  Encyclopaedic 
Naturalists,  were  convinced  that  books,  and  especially 
the  books  of  the  ancients,  constituted  the  chief  source  of 
information  concerning  animals  and  most  other  things. 
They  extracted  whatever  they  could  from  Aristotle, 
^Elian,  and  Pliny,  adding-  all  that  was  to  be  learned 
from  the  narratives  of  recent  travellers,  or  from  the 
collectors  of  skins  and  shells.  The  books  on  which 
they  chiefly  depended,  being-  for  the  most  part  written 
by  men  who  had  not  grappled  with  practical  natural 
history  and  its  problems,  were  unfortunately  alto- 
gether inadequate.  Many  of  the  statements  brought 
together  by  the  encyclopaedic  naturalists  were  ill- 
attested  ;  some  were  even  ridiculously  improbable.  If 
inferences  from  the  facts  were  attempted — and  this  was 
rare — they  were  more  often  propositions  of  morality  or 


EARLY  NOTIONS  OF  SYSTEM  13 

natural  theology  than  the  pregnant  thoughts  which 
suggest  new  inquiries.  Hence  the  encyclopaedic  plan, 
even  when  pursued  by  men  of  knowledge  and  capacity, 
such  as  Gesner  and  Aldrovandi,  yielded  no  results  pro- 
portional to  the  labour  bestowed  upon  it  ;  the  true  path 
of  biological  progress  had  been  missed.  Naturalists 
of  another  school  described  and  figured  the  animals  of 
their  own  country,  or  at  least  animals  which  they  had 
closely  studied.  Rondelet  described  from  personal 
observation  the  fishes  of  the  Mediterranean ;  Belon 
described  the  fishes  and  birds  that  he  had  met  with  in 
France  and  the  Levant.  His  Book  of  Birds  (1555)  is  a 
folio  volume  in  which  some  two  hundred  species  are 
described  and  figured.  The  "  naturel  "  (natural  history 
of  the  species)  contains  many  curious  observations. 
Perhaps  the  best  things  in  the  book  are  two  figures 
placed  opposite  one  another  and  lettered  in  corre- 
spondence ;  one  shows  the  skeleton  of  a  bird,  the  other 
that  of  a  man.  The  example  of  Rondelet  and  Belon 
was  followed  by  other  zoological  monographers,  who 
did  more  for  zoology  than  all  the  learning  of  the  ency- 
clopaedists. 

Early  Notions  of  System. 

Simple-minded  people,  who  do  not  feel  the  need  of 
precision  in  matters  of  natural  history,  have  in  all 
ages  divided  animals  into  four-footed  beasts  which  walk 
on  the  earth,  birds  which  fly,  fishes  which  swim,  and 
perhaps  reptiles  which  creep.  This  is  the  classification 
found  in  the  Babylonian  and  Hebrew  narratives  of  the 
great  flood.  Plants  they  naturally  divide  into  trees  and 
herbs.  It  was  not  very  long,  however,  before  close 
observers  became  discontented  with  so  simple  a 
grouping.  They  discovered  that  the  bat  is  no  bird, 
though  it  flies;  that  the  whale  is  no  fish,  though  it 


AB 


BIRD'S  SKELETON. 

For  comparison  with  human  skeleton  (opposite),  lettered  to  show  the  answerable 
bones.     From  Belon's  Book  of  Birds,  1555. 


HUMAN  SKELETON. 

For  comparison  with  bird's  skeleton  (opposite),  lettered  to  show  the  answerable 
bones.     From  Belon's  Book  of  Birds,  1555. 


16  PERIOD  I. 


swims  ;  that  the  snake  comes  nearer  in  all  essentials  to 
the  four-footed  lizard,  and  even  to  the  beast  of  the  field, 
than  to  the  creeping  earthworm.  At  a  much  later  time 
they  discovered  that  pod-bearing  or  rose-like  herbs 
may  resemble  pod-bearing  or  rose-like  trees  more 
closely  than  all  trees  resemble  each  other.  Moreover, 
a  multitude  of  animals  became  known  which  cannot  be 
classed  as  either  beasts,  birds,  fishes,  or  reptiles,  and  a 
multitude  of  plants  which  cannot  be  classed  as  either 
trees  or  herbs. 

Aristotle  found  himself  obliged  to  rectify  the  tra- 
ditional classification  of  animals  in  order  to  remove 
gross  anomalies.  When  learning  decayed  the  traditional 
classification  came  back.  Thus  the  Ortus  Sanitatis 
(first  published  in  1475,  and  often  reprinted)  adopts 
the  division  into  (i)  animals  and  things  which  creep 
on  the  earth ;  (2)  birds  and  things  which  fly ;  (3) 
fishes  and  things  which  swim.  No  consistent 
primary  division  of  plants  was  proposed  by  Greek  or 
Roman,  nor  by  anyone  else  until  the  seventeenth 
century  A.D. 

This  conflict  of  systems  should  have  raised  questions 
concerning  the  nature  of  classification  and  the  relative 
value  of  characters.  Some  of  the  most  striking  resem- 
blances found  among  animals  and  plants  are  only 
superficial ;  others,  though  far  less  obvious,  are  funda- 
mental. Whence  this  difference?  Why  should  scientific 
zoology  make  so  little  of  the  place  of  abode  and  the 
mode  of  locomotion  ;  so  much  of  the  mode  of 
reproduction  and  the  nature  of  the  skeleton  ?  The 
answers  were  vague,  and  even  the  questions  were  rare 
and  indistinct.  But  a  metaphorical  term  came  into 
use  which  was  henceforth  more  and  more  definitely 
associated  with  fundamental,  as  distinguished  from 


EARLY  NOTIONS  OF  SYSTEM 


adaptive,  likeness.  Such  likeness  was  called  affinity^ 
though  no  attempt  was  made  to  explain  in  what  sense 
the  term  was  to  be  understood.  As  late  as  the  year 
1835  one  of  the  first  botanists  in  Europe  (Elias  Fries) 
could  say  no  more  about  affinity  between  species  than 
that  it  was  quoddam  supernaturale,  a  supernatural 
property. 

A  tolerable  outline  of  a  classification  of  animals  was 
attained  much  earlier  than  a  tolerable  classification  of 
plants.  The  characters  available  for  the  classification  of 
plants  are,  to  begin  with,  less  obvious  than  those  which 
the  zoologist  can  employ.  Moreover,  the  botanists 
were  restricted  to  a  narrower  view  of  their  subject. 
Zoologists,  though  they  were  expected  to  bestow 
the  best  part  of  their  time  upon  vertebrates,  were 
encouraged  to  study  all  animals  more  or  less.  Bota- 
nists, on  the  other  hand,  were  practically  obliged  to 
concentrate  their  attention  upon  the  classification  of  the 
flowering  plants.  The  physician,  herb-collector,  and 
gardener  cared  nothing  about  any  plants  except  such 
as  bear  flowers  and  fruit ;  but  of  these  they  expected 
full  descriptions,  and  were  clamorous  for  a  system 
which  would  enable  even  a  tyro  to  make  out  every 
species  with  certainty  and  ease.  The  task  set  before 
the  botanist  was  comparable  in  respect  of  difficulty 
with  the  construction  of  a  detailed  and  completely 
satisfactory  classification  of  birds,  which  zoology  has 
never  yet  been  able  to  produce,  while  for  the  sake  of 
this  long-unattainable  object  almost  everything  else  in 
botany  was  neglected. 

The  First  English  Naturalists. 
During  the  greater  part  of  three  centuries  (1300  to 

1  Aristotle,  Cesalpini,  Gesner,  and  Ray  are  among  the  writers 
who  use  this  word  or  some  synonym. 


i8  PERIOD  I. 


1600),  while  the  revival  of  learning1  and  science  was 
proceeding  actively  in  Italy,  France,  Switzerland,  and 
the  Rhineland,  England  lagged  behind.  Humanist 
studies  were  indeed  pursued  with  eminent  success  in 
the  England  of  Sir  Thomas  More,  but  there  was  little 
else  for  national  pride  to  dwell  upon.  The  re-opening 
of  ancient  literature,  the  outpouring  of  printed  books, 
the  Reformation,  the  new  mathematics  and  astronomy, 
the  new  botany  and  zoology,  were  mainly  the  work 
of  foreigners.  Before  the  seventeenth  century  no 
Englishman  was  recognised  as  the  founder  of  a  scientific 
school. 

Passing  over  Edward  Wotton  (1492-1555),  who 
recast  the  zoology  of  Aristotle  with  very  little  effect 
upon  the  progress  of  biology,  we  may  head  the  list  of 
English  naturalists  with  the  name  of  William  Turner 
(d.  1568),  who  wrote  on  the  plants  and  birds  of  Britain. 
Turner  was  a  Reformed  preacher,  who  had  been  the 
college  friend  of  Ridley  and  Latimer.  Being  banished 
for  preaching  without  licence,  he  studied  medicine  and 
botany  in  Italy,  at  Basle  and  at  Cologne.  Under  Edward 
VI.  he  returned  to  England  and  was  made  Dean  of 
Wells,  fled  again  to  the  Continent  on  Mary's  accession, 
was  re-instated  by  Elizabeth,  was  suspended  for  non- 
conformity, and  died  not  long  after.  Turner's  herbal 
(1551-63)  cannot  be  said  to  have  done  much  for  English 
botany.  The  arrangement  is  alphabetical,  the  pro- 
perties and  virtues  of  the  plants  are  described  out  of 
ancient  authors,  and  most  of  the  figures  are  borrowed. 
Still,  it  was  something  to  have  the  common  plants  of 
England  examined  by  a  man  who  had  studied  under 
Luke  Ghini,  had  botanised  along  the  Rhine,  and  was 
the  pupil,  friend,  and  correspondent  of  Conrad  Gesner, 
the  most  learned  naturalist  in  Europe.  Turner's  History 


THE  FIRST  ENGLISH  NATURALISTS  19 

of  Birds  (Htstoria  Avium)  was  published  in  Latin  at 
Cologne  in  I544,1  and  is  therefore  earlier  than  Belon's 
book  of  birds.  The  history  contains  here  and  there 
among1  passages  culled  from  the  ancients  a  sprightly 
description  of  the  feeding  or  nest-building  of  some 
English  bird,  and  furnishes  evidence  of  the  breeding 
in  our  islands  of  birds  which,  like  the  crane,  have  long 
been  known  to  us  only  as  rare  visitants.  Of  the  kite 
Turner  says  that  in  the  cities  of  England  it  used  to 
snatch  the  meat  out  of  the  hands  of  children.  In  his 
day  the  osprey  was  better  known  to  Englishmen  than 
they  liked,  for  it  emptied  their  fishponds ;  anglers 
used  to  mix  their  bait  with  its  fat.  Turner  shows 
not  a  little  of  that  spirit  of  close  observation  which 
in  a  later  and  more  tranquil  age  shone  forth  in  Gilbert 
White. 

Dr.  John  Caius  (the  name  is  supposed  to  be  a 
Latinised  form  of  Kay),  the  second  founder  of  a  great 
Cambridge  college,  was  physician  in  succession  to 
Edward  VI.,  Mary,  and  Elizabeth  ;  in  his  youth  he  had 
studied  under  Vesalius  at  Padua.  Like  Turner  he  was 
a  friend  and  correspondent  of  Gesner,  for  whom  he 
wrote  an  account  of  the  dogs  of  Britain  (De  Canibus 
Britannicis,  printed  in  Latin  in  1570),  which  attempts 
to  classify  all  the  breeds,  and  to  give  some  account  of 
the  uses  to  which  each  was  put.  The  list  contains  no 
bull-dog,  pointer,  or  modern  retriever.  There  is  a 
water-spaniel,  however,  and  dogs  had  already  been 
trained  to  retrieve  game.  The  turnspit,  which  was  not 
a  distinct  breed  (Caius  calls  it  a  mongrel),  has  long  been 
superseded.  Curious  antiquarian  information,  such  as 
mention  of  the  weapons  formerly  used  by  sportsmen, 

1  It  has  now  been  made  accessible  to  all  readers  by  the  reprint 
and  translation  of  Mr.  A.  H.  Evans. 


20  PERIOD  I. 


and  obsolete  names  of  dogs,  reward  the  reader  of  this 
short  tract. 

Thomas  Moufet  wrote  (for  Gesner  again)  a  book  on 
insects,  which  incorporated  the  notes  of  Penny  and 
Wotton.  None  of  the  three  lived  to  see  the  printed 
book,  which  was  at  last  put  forth  by  Sir  Thomas 
Mayerne  in  1634.  It  is  uncritical,  confused,  and  illus- 
trated by  the  rudest  possible  woodcuts. 

John  Gerarde's  Herbal  (1597)  and  Parkinson's  two 
books  of  plants  are  more  amusing  than  valuable.  Both 
authors  were  guilty  of  unscrupulous  plagiarism,  a  vice 
which  cannot  be  atoned  for  by  curious  figures  and  bits 
of  folk-lore,  nor  even  by  command  of  Shakespearean 
English.  Thomas  Johnson's  edition  of  Gerarde  (1633) 
is  a  far  better  book  than  the  original ;  Ray  called  it 
"Gerarde  emaculatus  " — i.e.,  freed  from  its  stains. 

The  succession  of  influential  English  naturalists  may 
be  said  to  begin  with  Ray,  Willughby,  and  Martin 
Lister,  all  of  whom  belong  to  the  last  half  of  the 
seventeenth  century. 

The  Rise  of  Experimental  Physiology. 

1543  is  a  memorable  year  in  the  history  of  science. 
Then  appeared  the  treatise  of  Copernicus  on  the 
Revolutions  of  the  Heavenly  Bodies,  completed  long 
before,  but  kept  back  for  fear  of  the  cry  of  novelty 
and  absurdity  which,  as  he  explains  in  his  preface, 
dull  men,  ignorant  of  mathematics,  were  sure  to  raise. 
The  aged  astronomer,  paralysed  and  dying,  was  able 
to  hold  his  book  in  his  hands  before  he  passed  away. 
In  the  same  year  Vesalius,  a  young  Belgian  anatomist, 
published  his  Structure  of  the  Human  Body,  a  volume 
rich  in  facts  ascertained  by  dissection.  Some  of  these 
facts  were  held  to  contradict  the  teaching  of  Galen. 


THE  RISE  OF  EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSIOLOGY    21 

Next  year  Vesalius  was  driven  by  the  hostility  of  the 
medical  profession  to  burn  his  manuscripts  and  relin- 
quish original  work;  he  was  not  yet  thirty  years  of  age. 

Galen  had  taught  that  there  are  two  sets  of  vessels 
in  the  body  (arteries  and  veins),  and  that  in  each  set 
there  is  an  ebb  and  flow.  Knowing  nothing  of  com- 
munications between  the  ultimate  branches  of  the 
arteries  and  veins,  and  shrinking  from  the  supposition 
that  the  arteries  and  veins  are  entirely  separate  and 
distinct,  Galen  had  taught  that  the  blood  passes  from 
one  set  of  vessels  to  the  other  in  the  heart.  The 
septum  between  the  ventricles  must  be  porous  and  allow 
the  blood  to  soak  through.  Vesalius  did  not  venture 
openly  to  challenge  the  physiology  of  Galen,  but  he 
significantly  admired  the  "handiwork  of  the  Almighty," 
which  enables  the  blood  to  pass  from  the  right  to  the 
left  ventricle  through  a  dense  septum  in  which  the  eye 
can  perceive  no  openings.  Fabricius  of  Acquapendente 
in  1574  demonstrated  the  valves  of  the  veins,  though 
he  never  arrived  at  a  true  notion  of  their  action.  His 
celebrated  pupil,  William  Harvey,  who  had  been  anti- 
cipated on  important  points  by  the  Spaniard  Michael 
Servetus  and  Realdo  Columbo  of  Cremona,  published 
in  1628  a  clear  account,  supported  by  adequate  experi- 
mental evidence,  of  the  double  circulation  through  the 
body  and  the  lungs,  and  of  the  communications  between 
the  arteries  and  the  veins  in  the  tissues — communica- 
tions which  it  was  reserved  for  the  next  generation  to 
demonstrate  by  the  microscope. 

Aselli  of  Cremona  rediscovered  the  lacteals  in  1622; 
they  had  been  known  ages  before  to  Erasistratus,  but 
forgotten.  Opening  the  abdomen  of  a  dog,  he  saw  a 
multitude  of  fine  white  threads  scattered  over  the 
mesentery,  and  observed  that  when  one  of  them  was 


22  PERIOD  I. 


pricked  a  liquid  resembling'  milk  gushed  out.  Further 
examination  showed  him  that  these  vessels,  like  the 
veins,  possess  valves  which  permit  flow  in  one  direction 
only.  Pecquet,  a  French  physician,  announced  in  1651 
that  the  lacteals  open  into  a  thoracic  duct,  which  joins 
the  venous  system.  In  1653  Rudbeck  of  Upsala 
described  yet  another  set  of  vessels,  the  lymphatics  ; 
these  again  are  provided  with  valves,  and  open 
into  the  thoracic  duct,  but  are  filled  with  a  clear 
liquid. 

The  effect  of  these  discoveries  upon  physiology  and 
medicine  was  very  great,  but  it  did  not  end  there  ;  the 
whole  circle  of  biological  students  and  a  still  wider 
circle  of  men  who  pursued  other  sciences  were  thereby 
encouraged  to  followthe  experimental  path  to  knowledge. 
Wallis,  in  describing  the  meetings  of  scientific  men  held 
in  London  in  1645  and  following  years,  mentions  the 
circulation  of  the  blood,  the  valves  in  the  veins,  the 
lacteals,  and  the  lymphatic  vessels  among  the  subjects 
which  had  stirred  their  curiosity  ;  while  the  naturalist 
Ray  thanked  God  for  permitting  him  to  see  the  vain 
philosophy  which  had  pervaded  the  University  in  his 
youth  replaced  by  a  new  philosophy  based  upon  experi- 
ment— a  philosophy  which  had  established  the  weight 
and  spring  of  the  air,  invented  the  telescope  and  the 
microscope,  and  demonstrated  the  circulation  of  the 
blood,  the  lacteals,  and  the  thoracic  duct. 

The  Natural  History  of  Distant  Lands  (Sixteenth 
Century  and  Earlier). 

Travel  and  commerce  had  made  the  ancient  world 
familiar  with  many  products  of  distant  countries.  Well- 
established  trade  routes  kept  Europe  in  communication 
with  Arabia,  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  India.  Egyptians, 


THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  DISTANT  LANDS     23 

Phoenicians,  and  Greeks  explored  every  known  sea, 
and  brought  to  Mediterranean  ports  a  variety  of 
foreign  wares.  Under  the  Roman  empire  strange 
animals  were  imported  to  amuse  the  populace  ;  silk, 
pearls,  gay  plumage,  dyes,  and  drugs  to  gratify  the 
luxury  of  the  rich. 

Long  after  the  fall  of  the  empire  foreign  trade  was 
kept  up  along  the  coasts  of  the  Mediterranean.  Con- 
stantinople was  still  a  great  emporium.  Silk  was  not 
only  imported  from  the  East,  but  cultivated  around 
Constantinople  in  the  sixth  century.  The  cotton  plant, 
the  sugarcane,  the  orange  tree,  and  the  lemon  tree 
gradually  spread  northward  and  westward  until  the)7 
became  established  in  Italy,  Spain,  and  the  islands  of 
the  Mediterranean. 

Western  Europe  had  during  many  centuries  little 
share  in  this  commerce.  The  large  and  conspicuous 
animals  of  Africa  and  Asia,  such  as  the  elephant, 
camel,  camelopard,  ostrich,  pelican,  parrot,  and  croco- 
dile, would  have  passed  out  of  knowledge  altogether 
but  for  chance  mention  in  the  Bible  and  the  Bestiaries. 
Little  was  done  to  supplement  native  food-plants  and 
drugs  by  imported  products,  and  the  knowledge  of 
foreign  vegetation  became  as  indistinct  as  that  of 
foreign  animals. 

In  the  thirteenth  century  communication  between 
Western  Europe  and  the  far  East  was  restored.  China 
was  thrown  open  by  the  Tartar  conquest,  and  Marco 
Polo  was  able  to  reach  the  court  of  Khan  Kublai. 
Pilgrims  from  the  Holy  Land  brought  back  information 
which,  however  scanty  it  might  be,  was  eagerly 
received.  One  of  the  earliest  printed  books  (1486) 
contains  the  travels  of  Bernard  of  Breydenbach,  a 
canon  of  Mainz,  whose  narrative  is  adorned  by  curious 


24  PERIOD  I. 


woodcuts,  in  which  we  can  make  out  a  giraffe  and  a 
long-tailed  macaque. 

The  geographical  discoveries  of  the  sixteenth  century 
gave  men  for  the  first  time  a  fairly  complete  notion  of 
the  planet  which  they  inhabit.  Circumnavigators 
proved  that  it  is  really  a  globe.  Maps  of  the  world, 
wonderfully  exact  considering  the  novelty  of  the  infor- 
mation which  they  embodied,  were  engraved  as  early  as 
1507.  The  explorers  of  America  busied  themselves  not 
only  with  the  preparation  of  charts,  the  conquest  of 
Mexico  and  Peru,  the  search  for  gold,  and  the  spread  of 
the  true  faith,  but  also  with  the  strange  animals  and 
plants  which  they  saw ;  and  the  news  which  they 
brought  back  was  eagerly  received  in  Europe.  Queen 
Isabella  charged  Columbus,  when  he  set  out  for  his 
second  voyage,  to  bring  her  a  collection  of  bird-skins  ; 
but  this  may  be  rather  a  proof  of  her  love  of  mil- 
linery than  of  her  interest  in  natural  history.  Pope 
Leo  X.  liked  to  read  to  his  sister  and  the  cardinals  the 
Decades  of  Peter  Martyr  Anglerius,1  in  which  the 
productions  of  the  New  World  are  described.  The 
opossum,  sloth,  and  ant-eater,  the  humming-bird, 
macaw,  and  toucan,  the  boa,  monitor,  and  iguana,  were 
made  known  for  the  first  time.  Potatoes  and  maize 
began  to  be  cultivated  in  the  south  of  Europe,  the 
tomato  was  a  well-known  garden  plant,  the  prickly 
pear  was  spreading  along  the  shores  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, and  tobacco  was  largely  imported.  By  the 
end  of  the  seventeenth  century  Mirabilis  and  the  garden 
Tropaeolum  had  been  brought  from  Peru,  the  so-called 
African  marigold  from  Mexico,  and  sunflowers  from 
North  America.  More  than  a  hundred  years  had  still 

1  Letter  of  Peter  Martyr,  Dec.  26,  1515. 


AGRICULTURE,  HORTICULTURE,  ETC.         25 

to  run  before  the  evening  primrose,  the  passion  flower, 
and  the  lobelias  of  America  were  to  become  familiar 
to  European  gardeners,  ipecacuanha  and  cinchona  to 
European  physicians. 

Agriculture,  Horticulture,  and  Silk-Culture  in  the 
Sixteenth  Century. 

During  the  darkest  parts  of  the  Middle  Ages  agricul- 
ture and  horticulture  were  regularly  practised.  Tyranny, 
the  greed  of  settlers,  the  inroads  of  barbarians,  private 
war,  and  superstition  may  destroy  all  that  brightens 
human  life,  but  they  hardly  ever  exterminate  the  popu- 
lation of  large  districts,1  and  so  long  as  men  live  they 
must  till  the  soil. 

The  age  of  Charlemagne  was  one  of  cruel  hardship 
to  the  inhabitants  of  Western  Europe,  but  the  cartu- 
laries of  the  great  king  show  that  the  improvement  of 
horticulture  was  a  matter  of  much  concern  with  him. 
The  nobles  and  the  religious  houses  kept  trim  gardens, 
which  are  delineated  in  mediaeval  paintings  We  know 
less  about  the  state  of  the  peasantry,  but  it  is  clear  that 
they  ploughed,  sowed,  reaped,  and  dug  their  little 
gardens,  however  uncertain  the  prospect  of  enjoying 
the  produce  of  their  labour. 

The  progressive  Middle  Ages  (about  1000  to  1500 
A.D.)  greatly  increased  the  comfort  of  the  wealthy  and 
alleviated  the  miseries  of  the  poor.  We  now  hear  of 
countries  (England,  the  Low  Countries,  the  western 
half  of  Germany,  the  northern  half  of  Italy)  where 
freemen  cultivated  their  own  land,  or  grew  rich  by 
trade,  and  these  men  were  not  content  barely  to  support 

1  The  extermination  of  the  red  man  in  North  America  is  the 
most  conspicuous  case  recorded  in  history.  Australia  and  Tas- 
mania furnish  examples  on  a  smaller  scale. 


26  PERIOD  I. 


life.  Under  the  later  Plantagenets  the  wool-growers 
of  that  upland  country  which  stretches  from  Lincoln- 
shire to  the  Bristol  Channel  showed  their  wealth  by 
building  a  profusion  of  manor-houses  and  beautiful 
perpendicular  churches,  many  of  which  still  remain. 
There  can  be  little  doubt  that  they  were  attentive  to 
the  rural  industries  which  are  so  great  a  source  ot 
comfort  and  pleasure. 

In  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  the 
Flemings,  a  laborious  and  enterprising  people,  inhabit- 
ing a  fertile  country,  excelled  the  rest  of  Europe 
in  agriculture  and  horticulture.  L'Obel,  himself  a 
Fleming,  speaks  with  pride  of  the  live  plants  imported 
into  Flanders  from  Southern  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and 
America.  By  the  close  of  the  sixteenth  century,  or  a 
few  years  later,  the  lilac,  lavender,  mangold,  sun- 
flower, tulip,  and  crown-imperial,  the  cucumber  and 
garden  rhubarb,  besides  many  improved  varieties  of 
native  vegetables,  were  sent  out  from  Flanders  to 
all  parts  of  Western  Europe.  During  many  genera- 
tions English  agriculture  and  horticulture,  and  not 
these  alone,  but  English  ship-building,  navigation, 
engineering,  and  commerce  as  well,  looked  to  the  Low 
Countries  as  the  chief  schools  of  invention  and  the 
chief  markets  from  which  new  products  were  to  be 
obtained. 

Late  in  the  sixteenth  century  a  gentleman  of  the 
Vivarais  (the  modern  Ardeche),  named  Olivier  de  Serres, 
wrote  a  book  on  the  management  of  land,1  which  leaves 
a  strong  impression  of  the  zeal  for  improvement  which 
then  pervaded  Europe.  De  Serres  was  above  all 
things  intent  upon  extending  silk-culture  in  France. 

1  Le  Thddtre  d  Agriculture,  1600. 


AGRICULTURE,  HORTICULTURE,  ETC.         27 

On  this  topic  he  wrote  with  full  knowledge,  having 
reared  silkworms  for  thirty-five  years.  The  King-, 
Henri  Quatre,  shared  his  hopes,  and  gave  him  practical 
encouragement.  It  is  well  known  that  a  great  industry 
was  thus  started  ;  by  1780  the  annual  yield  of  silk- 
cocoons  in  France  was  valued  at  near  a  million  sterling, 
while  in  1848  it  had  risen  to  four  millions.  De  Serres 
sought  to  promote  the  cultivation  of  the  mulberry  tree, 
not  only  because  its  leaves  are  the  food  of  the  silkworm, 
but  because  he  believed  that  the  fibres  of  the  bast  would 
be  serviceable  in  the  manufacture  of  cordage  and  cloth. 
He  also  tried  to  revive  the  ancient  practice  of  hatching 
eggs  by  artificial  heat.  We  learn  from  him  that  the 
turkey,  recently  introduced  from  Mexico,  had  already 
become  an  important  addition  to  the  poultry-yard,  while 
maize  from  Mexico  and  beetroot  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean coasts  were  profitable  crops.  Among  the  new 
appliances  De  Serres  mentions  artificial  meadows, 
wind  and  water-mills,  cisterns  not  hewn  from  stone, 
and  greenhouses. 


c  2 


PERIOD  II. 
1661-1740 

Characteristics  of  the  Period. 

IN  Western  Europe  this  was  a  time  of  consolidation 
succeeding  to  one  of  violent  change.  Religious  wars 
gave  place  to  dynastic  and  political  wars.  In  France 
the  tumults  of  the  preceding  hundred  years  sank  to 
rest  under  the  rule  of  a  strong  monarchy  ;  order  and 
refinement  became  the  paramount  aims  of  the  governing 
classes  ;  literature,  the  fine  arts,  and  the  sciences  were 
patronised  by  the  Court.  Other  nations  imitated  as 
well  as  they  could  the  example  of  France.  Learning 
was  still  largely  classical,  but  the  anti-scholastic  revolt, 
which  had  first  made  itself  felt  three  hundred  years 
earlier,  steadily  gained  ground  ;  Descartes,  Newton, 
and  Locke  were  now  more  influential  than  the  Aris- 
totelians. This  was  an  age  of  new  scientific  societies 
(Royal  Society,  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Paris,  Academia 
Naturae  Curiosorum,  etc.). 

The  Minute  Anatomists. 

Magnifying  glasses  are  of  considerable  antiquity. 
Seneca  mentions  the  use  of  a  glass  globe  filled  with 
water  in  making  small  letters  larger  and  clearer.  Roger 
Bacon  (1276)  describes  crystal  lenses  which  might  be 
used  in  reading  by  old  men  or  those  whose  sight  was 
impaired.  As  soon  as  Galileo  had  constructed  his  first 
telescopes,  he  perceived  that  a  similar  instrument 
might  be  caused  to  enlarge  minute  objects,  and  made 

28 


THE  MINUTE  ANATOMISTS  29 

a  microscope  which  revealed  the  structure  of  an  insect's 
eye.  Within  twenty  years  of  this  date  the  working- 
opticians  of  Holland,  Paris,  and  London  sold  compound 
microscopes,  which,  though  cumbrous  as  well  as  opti- 
cally defective,  revealed  many  natural  wonders  to  the 
curious.  Simple  lenses,  sometimes  of  high  power, 
came  before  long  to  be  preferred  by  working  naturalists, 
and  it  was  with  them  that  all  the  best  work  of  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  was  done. 

The  power  of  the  microscope  as  an  instrument  of 
biological  research  was  in  some  measure  revealed  by 
Hooke's  Micrographia  (1665).  Robert  Hooke  was  a 
man  of  extraordinary  ingenuity  and  scientific  fertility, 
who  took  a  leading  part  in  the  early  work  of  the  Royal 
Society.  He  opens  his  book  with  an  account  of  the 
simple  and  the  compound  microscope  of  his  own  day, 
and  then  goes  on  to  explain,  with  the  help  of  large  and 
elaborate  engraved  plates,  the  structure  of  a  number 
of  minute  objects.  The  most  interesting  are  :  A  Fora- 
miniferous  shell,  snow-crystals,  a  thin  section  of  cork 
showing  its  component  cells,  moulds,  a  bit  of  Flustra, 
the  under  side  of  a  nettle-leaf  with  its  epidermic  cells 
and  stinging-hairs,  the  structure  of  a  feather,  the  foot 
of  a  fly,  the  scales  of  a  moth's  xving,  the  eye  of  a  fly, 
a  gnat-larva,  and  a  flea.  The  beauty  of  the  plates  and 
the  acuteness  of  some  of  the  explanations  are  remark- 
able, but  lack  of  connection  between  the  topics  dis- 
cussed hinders  the  Micrographia  from  rising  to  a  very 
high  scientific  level. 

Swammerdam  treated  the  microscope  as  an  instru- 
ment of  continuous  biological  research.  In  his  eyes  it 
was  a  sacred  duty  to  explore  with  the  utmost  faithful- 
ness the  minute  works  of  the  Creator.  Insects  yielded 
him  an  inexhaustible  supply  of  natural  contrivances,  in 


30  PERIOD  II. 


which  closer  scrutiny  always  brought  to  view  still  more 
exquisite  adaptations  to  the  conditions  of  life.  He  was 
able  to  throw  a  beam  of  steady  light  upon  the  per- 
plexed question  of  insect-transformation,  and  swept 
from  his  path  the  sophistries  with  which  the  philosophy 
of  the  schools  had  obscured  the  change  of  the  cater- 
pillar into  a  moth,  or  of  the  tadpole  into  a  frog.  He 
demonstrated  the  gradual  progress  of  the  apparently 
sudden  transformation  of  certain  insects  by  dipping 
into  boiling  water  a  full-fed  caterpillar,  and  then  ex- 
posing the  parts  of  the  moth  or  butterfly,  which  had 
almost  attained  their  complete  form  beneath  the  larval 
skin  ;  after  this  it  was  easy  to  discover  the  same  parts 
in  the  pupa. 

There  is  no  more  valuable  chapter  in  Swammerdam's 
great  work,  the  Biblia  Naturcz,  or  Book  of  Nature, 
than  that  devoted  to  the  hive-bee.  This  insect  had 
long  been  a  favourite  study,  but  only  those  who  were 
armed  with  a  microscope  and  skilled  in  minute  anatomy 
could  solve  the  many  difficult  questions  with  which  it 
was  involved.  Aristotle  and  other  ancient  naturalists 
had  spoken  of  the  king  of  the  bees,  which  some  bee- 
masters  of  the  seventeenth  century  had  been  inclined 
to  call  the  queen.  Was  it  really  true  that  the  queen 
was  a  female,  perhaps  the  only  female  in  the  hive  ? 
This  question  Swammerdam  decided  by  the  clearest 
anatomical  proof — viz.,  by  dissecting  out  her  ovaries. 
He  pointed  out  the  resemblances  between  the  queen 
and  the  workers,  such  as  the  possession  of  a  sting  by 
both,  but  did  not  discover  the  reduced  reproductive 
organs  of  the  workers,  and  wrongly  declared  that  they 
never  lay  eggs,  ^e  proved  by  elaborate  dissections 
that  the  drones  are  the  males  of  the  community.  How 
and  when  the  queen  is  fertilised  he  could  not  make  out. 


MARCELLO  MALPIGHI. 

From  an  engraving  of  the  oil-painting  by  A.  M.  Tobar,  presented  to  the  Royal 
Society  by  Malpighi. 


32  PERIOD  II. 


The  dissection  of  the  sting,  the  proboscis,  and  the  com- 
pound eye  of  the  bee  was  a  task  after  Swammerdam's 
own  heart,  but  so  intricate  that  all  his  patience  and 
skill  could  not  save  him  from  occasional  slips.  He 
bequeathed  to  his  successors  many  noble  examples  of 
the  way  in  which  life-histories  ought  to  be  investigated. 

Malpighi  of  Bologna  may  be  called  the  first  of  the 
histologists,  for  as  early  as  the  second  half  of  the 
seventeenth  century  he  unravelled  the  tissues  of  many 
animals  and  plants.  His  work  on  plant-tissues  was  so 
closely  accompanied  by  the  similar  researches  of  an 
Englishman,  Nehemiah  Grew,  that  it  is  not  easy  to 
assign  the  priority  to  either.  Malpighi  was  the  first  to 
demonstrate  the  capillaries  which  connect  the  arteries 
with  the  veins,  the  first  to  investigate  the  glands  of  the 
human  body  and  the  sensory  papillae  of  the  skin.  At 
the  request  of  our  Royal  Society  he  drew  up  an  account 
of  the  structure  and  life-history  of  the  silkworm,  which 
is  memorable  as  the  earliest  anatomical  study  of  any 
insect.  Malpighi  also  applied  his  microscope  to  the 
chick-embryo,  and  figured  its  chief  stages.  His  ex- 
position of  the  formation  of  the  heart  and  vessels  of 
the  chick  is  a  marvellous  example  of  the  quick  appre- 
ciation of  novel  structures. 

If  we  suppose  the  Micrographia  of  Hooke  to  be 
greatly  enlarged,  so  as  to  become,  instead  of  the 
passing  occupation  of  a  man  busied  with  a  hundred 
other  interests,  the  main  pursuit  of  a  long  and  laborious 
life,  we  shall  get  a  rough  notion  of  the  microscopic 
revelations  of  Leeuwenhoek.  His  researches  were 
desultory,  though  not  quite  so  desultory  as  Hooke's  ; 
he  must  have  often  spent  months  upon  an  investigation 
which  Hooke  would  have  dismissed  in  as  many  weeks. 
Both  travelled  over  the  whole  realm  of  nature,  and 


THE  MINUTE  ANATOMISTS  33 

lacked   that   concentration    which    made    the   work    of 
Swammerdam  so  productive  and  so  lasting. 

Leeuwenhoek  worked  with  simple  lenses,  ground  and 
mounted  by  his  own  hands.  It  was  easy  to  make 
lenses  of  high  magnifying  power,  but  hard  to  correct 


ANTONY  VAN  LEEUWENHOEK. 

From  the  portrait  by  Verkolje,  prefixed  to  the  Epistolce  ad  Soc.  Reg.  Angl.t 
Leyden,  1719. 

their  optical  defects,  to  bring  a  sufficiently  strong  light 
to  bear  upon  the  object,  and  to  focus  the  lens.  When 
he  wished  to  send  out  his  preparations  for  examination 
by  others,  he  found  it  best  to  fix  the  objects  in  the 


34  PERIOD  II. 


focus,  and  to  provide  each  with  a  separate  lens.  With 
such  microscopes  he  managed  to  study  and  figure  very 
minute  objects,  such  as  blood-corpuscles,  spermatozoa, 
and  bacteria.  The  spermatozoa  were  brought  under 
his  notice  by  a  young  Dutch  physician  named  Hamm  ; 
but  it  was  Leeuwenhoek's  account  of  them,  and  his 
daring  theory  of  their  physiological  role,  which  gave 
them  such  celebrity.  To  Leeuwenhoek  we  owe  the  first 
discovery  of  the  rotifers,  the  infusoria,  Hydra,  the 
yeast-cell,  the  bacteria,  and  the  generation  of  aphids 
without  male  parents. 

The  tradition  of  the  minute  anatomists  has  never  been 
lost,  though  we  shall  be  unable  to  pursue  it  in  these  pages. 
Lyonet  (see  p.  61)  even  surpassed  Swammerdam  in  the 
elaborate  finish  of  some  of  his  insect-dissections. 

Early  Notions  about  the  Nature  of  Fossils. 

Throughout  the  sixteenth  century  naturalists  held 
animated  debates  about  the  shells  which  are  found  far 
from  the  sea,  and  even  on  the  top  of  high  hills.  Had 
they  ever  formed  part  of  living  animals  or  not?  Such 
a  question  could  hardly  have  been  seriously  discussed 
among  simple-minded  people  ;  but  the  learned  men  of 
the  sixteenth  century  were  rarely  simple-minded.  They 
had  been  trained  to  argue,  and  argument  could  make  it 
plausible  that  such  shapes  as  these  were  generated  by 
fermentation  or  by  the  influence  of  the  stars.  So 
prevalent  were  these  doctrines  that  it  entitles  any 
early  philosopher  to  the  respect  of  later  generations 
that  he  should  have  taken  shells,  bcnes,  and  teeth  to 
be  evidences  of  animal  life.  In  this  singular  roll  of 
honour  we  find  the  names  of  Cesalpini,  Palissy,  Scilla, 
Stenson,  Hooke,  and  Woodward. 

In    England    the    struggle    between    philosophy    and 


THE  NATURE  OF  FOSSILS 


35 


common-sense  was  long-  kept  up.  Dr.  Ralph  Cudworth 
of  Cambridge  taught  that  there  is  in  nature  a  subor- 
dinate creative  force  of  limited  power  and  wisdom,  to 
whose  imperfections  may  be  attributed  the  "  errors 
and  bungles  "  which  now  and  then  mar  the  work.  To 
this  subordinate  creative  force  he  gave  the  name  of 
"vegetative  soul,"  or  "plastic  nature."  None  but 
Cambridge  men,  it  would  appear,  felt  the  weight  of 
Cudworth's  reasoning  ;  but  several  of  these,  and  espe- 
cially John  Ray1  and  Martin  Lister,  defended  his 
conclusions  in  published  treatises.  Lister,  in  a  chapter 
devoted  to  "  cochlites,"  or  shell-shaped  stones,  pointed 
out  that  they  differ  from  true  shells  in  being  of  larger 
size,  in  occurring  far  from  the  sea,  in  being  formed  of 
mere  stony  substance,  and  in  being  often  imperfect. 
Some  naturalists  had  conjectured  that  the  living  animals 
of  the  cochlites  still  exist  at  great  depths  in  the  sea,  but 
Lister  evidently  thought  otherwise. 

In  the  eighteenth  century  the  belief  that  fossils  are  the 
remains  of  actual  animals  and  plants  more  and  more  pre- 
vailed, the  death  and  sealing  up  of  the  organisms  being 
generally  attributed  to  Noah's  flood.  The  occurrence 
of  fossils  on  high  mountains  seemed  so  strong  a  con- 
firmation of  the  Biblical  narrative  that  Voltaire  was 
driven  to  invent  puerile  explanations  in  order  to  dispel 
an  inference  so  unwelcome  to  him.  By  the  end  of 
the  century  most  naturalists  accepted  the  doctrine  that 
the  great  majority  of  fossils  are  the  remains  of  organ- 
isms now  extinct — a  doctrine  which  was  enforced  by 
the  remarkable  discoveries  of  Cuvier  (see  p.  93). 
Nearly  at  the  same  time  William  Smith  established  the 

1  Ray  came  at  last  to  believe  that  tossils  were  the  remains  of 
actual  organisms,  but  he  was  still  much  hampered  by  his  theolo- 
gical views. 


36  PERIOD  II. 


important  truth  that  almost  every  fossil  marks  with 
considerable  precision  a  particular  stage  in  the  earth's 
history. 

Comparative  Anatomy :  the  Study  of  Biological  Types. 

Between  1660  and  1740  the  scope  of  natural  history 
became  sensibly  enlarged.  System  had  been  hitherto 
predominant,  but  the  systems  had  been  partial, 
treating  the  vertebrate  animals  and  the  flowering 
plants  with  as  much  detail  as  the  state  of  knowledge 
allowed,  but  almost  ignoring  the  invertebrates  and  the 
cryptogams.  System  was  now  studied  more  eagerly 
than  ever  by  such  naturalists  as  Ray  and  Linnaeus, 
but  new  aspects  of  natural  history  were  considered, 
new  methods  practised,  new  groups  of  organisms  in- 
cluded. Many  remarkable  vertebrates  were  anatomically 
examined  for  the  first  time.  Claude  Perrault  and  his 
colleagues  of  the  Academic  des  Sciences  dissected 
animals  which  had  died  in  the  royal  menagerie,  and 
compared  the  parts  and  organs  of  one  animal  with  those 
of  another  ;  Duverney  compared  the  paw  of  the  lion 
with  the  human  hand  ;  in  England  Tyson  studied  the 
anatomy  of  the  chimpanzee,  porpoise,  opossum,  and 
rattlesnake,  searching  everywhere  for  the  transitions 
which  he  believed  to  connect  all  organisms,  and  to 
form  "  Nature's  Clew  in  this  wonderful  labyrinth  of  the 
Creation."  The  new  microscopes  helped  to  bring  the 
lower  and  smaller  animals  into  notice.  From  1669, 
when  Malpighi  described  the  anatomy  and  life-history 
of  the  silkworm,  a  succession  of  what  we  now  call 
biological  types  were  studied  ;  among  these  were  many 
invertebrates.  Edmund  King  and  John  Master  con- 
tributed to  Willis's  treatise  De  Anima  Brutorum  (1672) 
the  anatomies  of  the  oyster,  crayfish,  and  earthworm, 


ADAPTATIONS  OF  PLANTS  AND  ANIMALS      37 

all  illustrated  by  clear  and  useful  plates.  Heide  (1683) 
wrote  an  account  of  the  structure  of  the  edible  mussel 
(Mytilus),  in  which  mention  is  made  of  the  ciliary 
motion  in  the  gill;  Poupart  (1706)  and  Me"ry  (1710) 
wrote  accounts  of  the  pond-mussel  (Anodon).  Swam- 
merdam's  elaborate  studies  of  insects  and  their  trans- 
formations were  followed  up  by  a  long  succession  of 
memoirs  by  Frisch  in  Germany,  Reaumur  in  France, 
and  (shortly  after  the  close  of  the  period  now  under 
discussion)  De  Geer  in  Sweden.  The  extraordinary 
diligence  and  power  of  Swammerdam  and  Reaumur 
give  a  very  prominent  place  in  the  biology  of  the  seven- 
teenth and  eighteenth  centuries  to  the  structure  and 
life-histories  of  insects.  The  great  generalisations  of 
comparative  anatomy  do  not  belong  to  this  period  ; 
nevertheless,  sagacious  and  luminous  remarks  are  not 
wanting. 

Adaptations  of  Plants  and  Animals :  Natural  Theology. 
Natural  adaptations  and  some  of  the  problems  which 
they  suggest  were  much  studied  during  this  period. 
Bock  and  Cesalpini  had  discussed  still  earlier  the 
mechanisms  of  climbing  plants,  aquatic  plants,  and 
plants  which  throw  their  seeds  to  a  distance.  Swam- 
merdam figured,  not  for  the  first  time,  the  sporangia 
and  spores  of  a  fern  ;  Hooke  the  peristome  of  a  moss. 
The  early  volumes  of  the  Academic  des  Sciences  con- 
tain many  studies  of  natural  contrivances.  Perrault 
described  the  retractile  claw  of  the  lion,  the  pointed 
papillae  on  its  tongue,  the  ruminant  stomach  and  the 
spiral  valve  of  a  shark's  intestine.  He  improved  upon 
Hooke's  account  of  the  structure  of  a  feather,  and  his 
magnified  figures  of  a  bit  of  an  ordinary  quill  and  of  a 
bit  of  an  ostrich-plume  might  be  inserted  into  any 


38  PERIOD  II. 


modern  treatise  on  animal  structure.1  Poupart  followed 
the  later  stages  of  the  development  of  a  feather.  Me>y 
gave  a  minute  yet  animated  description  of  the  wood- 
pecker's tongue,  explaining  how  it  is  rendered  effective 
for  the  picking  up  of  insects,  how  it  is  protruded  and 
retracted,  how  it  is  stowed  away  when  not  in  use. 
Tournefort  figured  the  oblique  fibres  of  a  leguminous 
pod,  which  he  called  muscles,  and  showed  how  they 
twist  the  valves  and  squeeze  out  the  seeds. 

Natural  theology  was  much  in  the  thoughts  of  the 
naturalists  who  studied  and  wrote  between  1660  and 
1740.  Ray  discoursed  upon  the  Wisdom  of  God  as 
manifested  in  the  Creation.  Swammerdam  regularly 
closed  the  divisions  of  his  Biblia  Naturce  with  expres- 
sions of  pious  admiration.  A  long  list  of  books 
expressly  devoted  to  the  same  theme  might  be  given.2 
One  weakness  of  the  natural  theologians  was  their  habit 
of  looking  upon  the  universe  as  existing  for  the  con- 
venience of  man.  Still  more  fatal  was  the  partiality 
with  which  they  stated  the  facts.  While  they  dwell 
upon  the  adaptations  which  secure  the  welfare  of 
particular  animals  or  plants,  they  are  silent  about  the 
sufferings  caused  by  natural  processes. 

Spontaneous  Generation. 

During  many  ages  every  naturalist  thought  that  he 
had  ample  proof  of  the  generation  without  parents  of 
animals  and  plants.  He  knew  that  live  worms  appear 
in  tightly-closed  flasks  of  vinegar  ;  that  grubs  may  be 
found  feeding  in  the  cores  of  apples  which  show  no 
external  marks  of  injury  ;  and  that  weeds  spring  up  in 

1  The  second  of  the  two  has  actually  been  so  treated,  but  with- 
out mention  of  Perrault's  name. 

2  See  Krause's  Life  of  Erasmus  Darwin. 


SPONTANEOUS  GENERATION  39 

gardens  where  nothing1  of  the  sort  had  been  seen  before. 
Certain  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  are  peculiar  to  parti- 
cular countries  ;  what  more  likely  than  that  they  should 
be  the  offspring  of  the  soil?  Fables  and  impostures 
supported  what  all  took  to  be  facts  of  observation. 
The  great  name  of  Aristotle  was  used  to  confirm  the 
belief  that  insects  were  bred  from  putrefaction  ;  eels 
and  the  fishes  called  Aphyae  from  the  mud  of  rivers. 
A  belief  in  a  process  of  transmutation  was  often 
combined  with  a  theory  of  spontaneous  generation. 
Francis  Bacon  not  only  held  that  insects  were  born  of 
putrefying  matter,  but  that  oak  boughs  stuck  in  the  earth 
produced  vines. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  century  it 
occurred  to  one  inquiring  mind  that  a  particular  case 
of  spontaneous  generation,  which  had  been  accepted  by 
everybody  without  hesitation,  was  capable  of  a  less 
mysterious  explanation.  Francesco  Redi  (1626-1698), 
physician  to  the  Duke  of  Tuscany,  published  in  1668 
an  account  of  his  experiments  on  the  generation  of 
blow-flies.  He  found  that  the  flesh  of  the  same  animal 
might  yield  more  than  one  kind  of  fly,  while  the  same 
fly  might  be  hatched  from  different  kinds  of  flesh.  He 
saw  the  flies  laying  their  eggs  in  flesh,  and  dissected 
eggs  out  of  their  ovaries.  When  he  kept  off  the  flies 
by  gauze  the  flesh  produced  no  maggots,  but  eggs  were 
laid  on  the  gauze.  Redi  concluded  that  flies  are  gener- 
ated from  eggs  laid  by  the  females.  He  also  studied 
insect-galls,  and  the  worms  which  feed  on  growing 
seeds.  Like  earlier  observers,  he  was  baffled  by  finding 
live  grubs  in  galls  or  nuts  which  were  apparently  intact, 
and  by  the  parasitic  worms  which  are  now  and  then 
found  in  the  brain-case  and  other  closed  cavities  of 
quadrupeds.  Such  instances  led  him  to  jump  at  the 


40  PERIOD  II. 


supposition  of  a  "vivifying"  principle,"  which  generated 
living  things  of  itself — a  supposition  contrary  to  the 
truer  doctrine  which  he  taught  elsewhere.  Vallisnieri 
was  able  to  explain  how  the  egg  is  introduced  into  the 
rose-gall,  which  a  little  later  shows  no  mark  of  injury  ; 
while  Malpighi  examined  the  young  nut  and  found  both 
hole  and  egg.  How  parasitic  worms  reach  the  brain- 
case  of  the  sheep  could  be  explained  only  in  a  later 
age.  Meanwhile  Swammerdam,  Leeuwenhoek,  Re"au- 
mur,  and  many  other  special  students  confirmed  and 
extended  Redi's  experiments  on  the  blow-fly  ;  and  every 
fresh  instance  of  normal  generation  in  a  minute  organ- 
ism did  something  to  weaken  the  belief  in  spontaneous 
generation. 

Late  in  the  eighteenth  century  that  belief  revived  in 
a  form  less  easy  of  refutation.  Leeuwenhoek  had 
discovered  that  organic  matter  putrefying  in  water  often 
yielded  abundance  of  microscopic  organisms  of  the  most 
diverse  kinds,  many  of  which  could  resist  drying  in 
air  and  resume  their  activity  when  moistened  again. 
Buffon,  ever  ready  with  a  speculative  explanation, 
maintained  that  such  minute  organisms  were  spon- 
taneously generated,  and  that  they  were  capable  of 
coalescing  into  bodies  of  larger  size  and  more  complex 
structure.  Needham  supported  Buffon's  theories  by 
experiments.  Taking  infusions  of  meat,  corking 
them,  and  sealing  them  with  mastic,  he  subjected 
them  to  a  heat  which  he  thought  intense  enough  to 
destroy  life  ;  after  an  interval  the  microscope  revealed 
an  abundance  of  living  things  which  he  affirmed  to  have 
been  generated  from  dead  matter.  Spallanzani  repeated 
Needham's  experiments  with  stricter  precautions,  sealed 
his  flasks  by  fusing  their  necks  in  a  flame,  and  then  im- 
mersing them  in  boiling  water  until  they  were  heated 


THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  JOHN  RAY       41 

throughout.  The  infusions  in  such  flasks  remained 
limpid  ;  no  scum  formed  on  the  surface  ;  no  bad  smell 
was  given  off  when  they  were  opened  ;  and  no  signs  of 
life  could  be  detected  by  the  microscope.  To  meet  the 
objection  that  the  vegetative  force  of  the  infusions  had 
been  destroyed  by  long  heating  he  simply  allowed  air  to 
enter,  when  the  micro-organisms  quickly  reappeared. 
Spallanzani's  methods,  though  far  better  than  any  which 
had  been  employed  before,  are  not  quite  unimpeach- 
able, and  could  not  be  relied  upon  in  an  atmosphere 
rich  in  germs  ;  but  they  sufficed  to  create  a  strong 
presumption  that  life  is  set  up  in  infusions  by  germs 
introduced  with  the  air. 

This  was  by  no  means  the  end  of  the  controversy, 
which  broke  out  again  and  again  until  it  was  laid  to 
rest,  whether  finally  or  otherwise  it  would  be  unwise  to 
predict,  by  the  experiments  of  Pasteur. 

The  Natural  History  of  John  Ray. 

The  sixteenth,  seventeenth,  and  eighteenth  centuries 
each  possessed  at  least  one  naturalist  of  wide  learning 
and  untiring  diligence,  who  made  it  his  care  to  collect 
information  concerning  all  branches  of  natural  history, 
to  improve  system,  and  to  train  new  workers.  Gesner, 
Ray,  and  Linnaeus  occupied  in  succession  this  honour- 
able position. 

Ray  was  originally  a  fellow  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge,  who  had  risen  into  notice  by  proficiency  in 
academical  studies.  He  then  became  inspired  by  the 
hope  of  enlarging  the  knowledge  of  plants  and  animals, 
and  of  producing  what  we  should  now  call  a  descriptive 
fauna  and  flora  of  Great  Britain.  His  plan  contem- 
plated close  personal  observation,  travels  at  home  and 
abroad,  and  the  co-operation  of  pupils  and  friends. 

D 


JOHN  RAY. 

From  an  old  engraving  of  the  portrait  by  Faithorn. 


THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  JOHN  RAY       43 

His  chief  assistant  was  Francis  Willughby,  a  young 
man  of  wealth  and  good  family  ;  while  Martin  Lister,  a 
Cambridge  fellow,  who  had  already  laboured  at  natural 
history  with  good  effect,  undertook  an  independent 
share  in  the  work.  Ray  wisely  began  with  what  lay 
close  at  hand,  and  published  a  catalogue  of  the  plants 
growing  around  Cambridge.  This  was  not  a  mere  list 
of  species,  but  a  note-book  charged  with  the  results  of 
much  observation  and  reading.  Journeys  in  quest  of 
fresh  material  were  begun.  Then  Ray's  well-laid 
scheme  was  disconcerted  by  calamities  which  would 
have  overwhelmed  a  less  resolute  man.  He  was  driven 
from  Cambridge  by  the  Act  of  Uniformity,  and  forced  to 
serve  for  years  as  a  tutor  in  private  families.  When 
this  servitude  came  to  an  end  his  only  livelihood  was  a 
small  pension,  bequeathed  to  him  by  Willughby,  on 
which  he  lived  in  rustic  solitude.  Willughby  was  cut 
off  at  the  age  of  thirty-six,  having  accumulated  much 
information  but  completed  nothing.  Lister  became  a 
fashionable  physician,  to  whom  natural  history  was 
little  more  than  an  elegant  diversion.  The  whole 
burden  of  the  enterprise  fell  upon  Ray,  who  manfully 
bore  it  to  the  end.  He  completed  his  own  share  of  the 
work,  prepared  for  the  press  the  imperfect  manuscripts 
of  Willughby,  and  before  he  died  was  able  to  fulfil  the 
pledge  which  he  had  given  forty  years  before  in  the 
prosperity  of  early  manhood.  It  is  needless  to  say  that 
the  natural  history  of  Britain,  executed  in  great  part  by  a 
poor  and  isolated  student,  fell  far  short  of  what  Ray  might 
at  one  time  have  reasonably  expected  to  accomplish. 

Ray,  like  other  early  naturalists,  saw  that  a  methodi- 
cal catalogue  of  species,  arranged  on  some  principle 
which  could  be  accepted  in  all  times  and  in  all  countries, 
was  indispensable  to  the  progress  of  natural  history, 

D2 


44  PERIOD  II. 


and  such  a  catalogue  formed  an  essential  part  of  his 
plan.  Perhaps  he  was  a  little  deficient  in  that  discern- 
ment of  hidden  affinities  which  has  been  the  gift  of 
great  systematisers,  but  his  industry,  learning,  and 
candour  accomplished  much.  Quadrupeds,  birds,  rep- 
tiles, fishes,  insects,  and  plants  of  every  sort  were 
reviewed  by  him.  British  species  naturally  received 
special  attention,  but  Ray  did  not  fail  to  make  him- 
self acquainted  with  the  natural  productions  of  foreign 
countries,  partly  by  his  own  travels,  and  partly  by 
comparing  the  descriptions  of  explorers.  He  seized 
svery  opportunity  of  investigating  the  anatomy  and 
physiology  of  remarkable  animals  and  plants,  and 
attended  to  the  practical  uses  of  natural  history. 
British  naturalists  owed  to  him  the  first  serviceable 
manuals  for  use  in  the  field. 

Ray  was  the  first  botanist  who  formally  divided 
flowering  plants  into  Monocotyledons  and  Dicotyledons. 
It  was  only  natural  that  he  should  now  and  then  have 
misplaced  plants  whose  general  appearance  is  deceptive 
(lily  of  the  valley,  Paris,  Ruscus,  etc.).  He  was 
perhaps  the  first  to  frame  a  definition  of  a  species  ;  but 
here  his  success,  as  might  be  expected,  was  not  great. 
A  species  was  with  him  a  particular  sort  of  plant  or 
animal  which  exactly  reproduces  its  peculiarities  gener- 
ation after  generation.  Any  plant,  for  example,  which 
comes  up  true  from  seed,  would  according  to  Ray 
constitute  a  species.  By  this  definition  many  races  of 
plants  which  are  known  to  have  been  produced  in 
nurseries  would  rank  as  true  species. 

The  Scale  of  Nature. 

No  one  can  closely  examine  a  large  number  of  plants- 
and  animals  without  perceiving  real  or  imaginary 


THE  SCALE  OF  NATURE 


45 


gradations  among-  them.  The  gradation,  shrews, 
monkeys,  apes,  man,  is  not  very  far  from  a  real  genea- 
logical succession,  confirmed  by  structural  and  his- 
torical proofs.  The  gradation,  fish,  whale,  sheep,  on 
the  other  hand,  though  it  seemed  equally  plausible  to 
early  speculators,  is  not  confirmed  by  structure  and 
history.  In  the  age  of  Aristotle  and  for  long  after- 
wards the  ostrich  was  believed  to  be  a  connecting-  link 
between  birds  and  mammals,  because  it  possessed,  in 
addition  to  obvious  bird-like  features,  a  superficial 
resemblance  to  a  camel  (long  neck,  speed  in  running-, 
desert  haunts,  and  a  rather  imaginary  resemblance 
in  the  toes).  Sedentary,  branching-  zoophytes  were 
quoted  as  intermediate  between  animals  and  plants  ; 
corals  and  barnacles  as  intermediate  between  animals 
or  plants  and  stones.  Aristotle  was  convinced  of  the 
continuity  of  nature  ;  his  scale  of  being-  extended  from 
inanimate  objects  to  man,  and  indicated,  as  he  thought, 
the  effort  of  nature  to  attain  perfection.  Malpighi 
traced  analogies  between  plants  and  animals,  identify- 
ing the  seed  and  egg,  as  many  had  done  before  him, 
assuming  that  viviparous  as  well  as  oviparous  animals 
proceed  from  eggs,  and  comparing  the  growth  of  metals 
and  crystals  with  the  growth  of  trees  and  fungi. 
Leibnitz  believed  that  a  chain  of  creatures,  rising1  by 
insensible  steps  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest,  was  a 
philosophical  necessity.  Buffon  accepted  the  same 
conclusion,  and  affirmed  that  every  possible  link  in  the 
chain  actually  exists.  Pope  reasoned  in  verse  about  a 
"vast  chain  of  being,"  which  reaches  from  God  to  man, 
and  from  man  to  nothing.  The  eighteenth  century  was 
filled  with  the  sound. 

Bonnet  in   1745  traced  the   scale  of  nature  in  fuller 
detail    than    had    been    attempted    before.       He    made 


46  PERIOD  II. 


Hydra  a  link  between  plants  and  animals,  the  snails  and 
slugs  a  link  between  mollusca  and  serpents,  flying 
fishes  a  link  between  ordinary  fishes  and  land  verte- 
brates, the  ostrich,  bat,  and  flying  fox  links  between 
birds  and  mammals.  Man,  endowed  with  reason, 
occupies  the  highest  rank;  then  we  descend  to  the 
half-reasoning  elephant,  to  birds,  fishes,  and  insects 
(supposed  to  be  guided  only  by  instinct),  and  so  to  the 
shell-fish,  which  shade  through  the  zoophytes  into 
plants.  The  plants  again  descend  into  figured  stones 
(fossils)  and  crystals.  Then  come  the  metals  and  demi- 
metals,  which  are  specialised  forms  of  the  elemental 
earth.  Water,  air,  and  fire,  with  perhaps  the  sether  of 
Leibnitz,  are  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  scale. 

In  Bonnet's  hands  the  scale  of  nature  became  an 
absurdity,  by  being  traced  so  far  and  in  so  much  detail. 
It  was  not  long  before  a  reaction  set  in.  The  great 
German  naturalist,  Pallas,  in  his  Elenchus  Zoophytorum 
(1766)  showed  that  no  linear  scale  can  represent  the 
mutual  relations  of  organised  beings  ;  the  branching 
tree,  he  said,  is  the  appropriate  metaphor.  Cuvier 
taught  that  the  animal  kingdom  consists  of  four  great 
divisions  which  are  not  derived  one  from  another,  and 
his  authority  overpowered  that  of  Lamarck,  who  still 
maintained  that  all  animals  form  a  single  graduated 
scale.  A  complete  reversal  of  opinion  ensued,  so  com- 
plete that  at  length  the  theologians,  who  had  once  seen 
in  the  scale  of  nature  a  proof  of  the  wisdom  of  Provi- 
dence, were  found  fighting  with  all  their  might  against 
the  insensible  gradations  which,  according  to  Darwin's 
Origin  of  Species,  must  have  formerly  connected  what 
are  now  perfectly  distinct  forms  of  life. 

The  eighteenth-century  supporters  of  continuity  in 
nature  were  not  merely  wrong  in  picturing  the  organised 


THE  SEXES  OF  FLOWERING  PLANTS  47 

world  as  a  simple  chain  or  scale.  They  were  also 
wrong-  in  assuming1  that  all  the  links  or  steps  still  exist. 
We  can  now  see  that  vast  numbers  are  irrecoverably 
gone.  It  is  a  safe  prophecy  that  the  filiation  of  species 
will  never  be  grasped  by  the  intelligence  of  man  except 
in  outline,  and  even  an  outline  which  shall  truly  express 
the  genetic  relations  of  many  chief  types  is  unattainable 

at  present. 

The  Sexes  of  Flowering  Plants. 

As  soon  as  men  began  to  raise  plants  in  gardens,  or 
even  earlier,  they  must  have  remarked  that  plants 
produce  seeds,  and  that  seeds  develop  into  new  plants. 
The  Greeks  (Empedocles,  Aristotle,  Theophrastus) 
recognised  that  the  seed  of  the  plant  answers  to  the 
egg  of  the  animal,  which  is  substantially  though  not 
literally  true.  None  of  the  three  understood  that  a 
process  of  fertilisation  always,  or  almost  always,  pre- 
cedes the  production  of  seed.  Had  the  date-palm, 
whose  sexes  are  separate,  and  which  has  been  artificially 
fertilised  from  time  immemorial,  been  capable  of  cultiva- 
tion in  Greece,  Aristotle  would  not  have  said  that  plants 
have  no  sexes,  and  do  not  require  to  be  fertilised.  His 
pupil,  Theophrastus,  knew  only  by  hearsay  of  the  male 
and  female  date-palms,  and  affirmed  that  both  bear 
fruit.  Pliny,  three  hundred  years  later,  called  pollen 
the  fertilising  substance,  and  gave  it  as  the  opinion  of 
the  most  competent  observers  that  all  plants  are  of  two 
sexes.  The  revivers  of  botany  paid  no  attention  to 
pollen  or  the  function  of  the  flower  ;  it  is  more  sur- 
prising that  in  the  following-  century  Malpighi,  who  had 
diligently  studied  the  development  of  the  plant-embryo, 
should  give  so  superficial  an  account  of  the  stamen  and 
its  pollen.  About  the  same  time  Grew  and  Millington 
expressed  their  conviction  that  "  the  attire  "  (anthers) 


48  PERIOD  II. 


"  doth  serve  as  the  male,  for  the  generation  of  the 
seed."1  A  few  years  later  Ray2  speaks  of  the  mascu- 
line or  prolific  seed  contained  in  the  stamens.  In 
1691-4  Camerarius,  professor  at  Tubingen,  brought 
forward  clear  experimental  proof  that  female  flowers, 
furnished  only  with  pistils,  produce  seeds  freely  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  male  or  staminate  flowers,  but 
fail  to  do  so  when  isolated.  He  distinctly  inferred  that 
the  anthers  are  male  organs  and  the  pistil  the  female 
organ.  The  claim  set  up  on  behalf  of  Linnaeus  that  he 
demonstrated,  or  helped  to  demonstrate,  the  sexes  of 
flowering  plants  has  little  foundation  in  fact.  To  make 
out  such  details  of  the  process  of  fertilisation  as  the 
formation  of  pollen-tubes,  the  penetration  of  the  ovules 
and  the  fusion  of  nuclei  required  the  improved  micro- 
scopes of  the  nineteenth  century. 

The  almost  universal  presence  both  in  plants  and 
animals  of  a  process  of  fertilisation  is  a  fact  whose 
physiological  meaning  we  but  imperfectly  grasp. 
Modern  research  has  shown  that  the  pollen-tube  is 
exceptional  and  confined  to  the  flowering  plants  ;  the 
motile  filament  of  cryptogams,  analogous  to  the  sper- 
matozoon of  animals,  is  no  doubt  a  relatively  primitive 
structure,  which  gives  one  of  the  strongest  indications 
of  the  common  origin  of  all  forms  of  life. 


1  Crew's  Anatomy  of  Plants,  1682.          a   Wisdom  of  God,  1691. 


PERIOD  III. 
1741-1789 

Characteristics  of  the  Period. 

THE  chief  historical  events  are  the  decline  of  the  French 
monarchy,  the  French  revolution,  the  rise  of  Prussia, 
the  expansion  of  England,  and  the  American  Declaration 
of  Independence.  In  the  history  of  thought  we  remark 
the  introduction  of  the  historical  or  comparative  method, 
which  seeks  to  co-ordinate  facts  and  to  trace  events  to 
their  causes.  Science  steadily  grows  in  influence,  and 
freethought  wins  many  triumphs  ;  this  is  the  age  of 
Voltaire,  Rousseau,  and  the  Encyclopaedists,  of  David 
Hume,  of  the  French  economists  and  Adam  Smith. 

Systems  of  Flowering-  Plants :  Linnseus  and  the  Jussieus. 

Linnaeus  is  remembered  as  a  man  of  great  industry, 
enterprise,  and  sagacity,  who  was  inspired  from  boyhood 
by  a  passion  for  natural  history  and  spent  a  long  life  in 
advancing  it.  He  was  early  recognised  as  a  leader  in 
more  than  one  branch  of  the  study. 

L'Obel,  Morison,  and  Ray  had  laboured  to  found  a 
natural  system  of  flowering  plants,  and  it  was  they  who 
laid  the  foundation  upon  which  all  their  successors  have 
built.  The  work  did  not,  however,  go  steadily  forward 
on  the  original  plan.  When  Linnaeus  entered  upon  the 
scene  the  prevalent  systems  were  only  moderately 
natural,  and  far  from  convenient  in  practice.  To  place 
the  undescribed  species  which  poured  in  from  North 
America  and  other  distant  countries  was  a  difficult  task, 

49 


50  PERIOD  III. 


with  which  the  universities  and  botanic  gardens  of 
Europe  could  but  imperfectly  cope.  Linnaeus,  who  had 
the  instincts  of  a  man  of  business,  saw  that  botany  was 
falling  into  confusion,  and  that  the  only  remedy  was  a 
quick  and  easy  method,  which  could  be  mastered  in  a 
few  days  and  applied  with  certainty.  No  such  method, 
he  well  knew,  could  take  into  account  all  the  intricate 
affinities  of  plants,  but  to  devise  a  perfect  method 
required  the  labours  of  generations  of  botanists  ;  mean- 
while a  temporary  expedient,  full  of  faults  it  might  be, 
would  remove  a  pressing  evil.  Flowering  plants  had 
been  arranged  by  the  divisions  of  the  ovary,  or  by  the 
petals  and  sepals,  with  no  very  satisfactory  results  ;  it 
occurred  to  Linnaeus  to  try  the  number  of  the  stamens 
and  styles.  Any  such  method  was  bound  to  present 
many  anomalies,  associating  plants  which  are  only 
distantly  related,  and  separating  plants  which  are 
closely  related  ;  but  some  of  the  worst  anomalies  were 
avoided  and  some  well-established  families  (Crucifers, 
Composites,  Labiates)  retained  at  the  expense  of  sym- 
metry. Not  even  the  pressing  need  of  simple  defini- 
tions, which  was  allowed  to  spoil  so  natural  a  group  as 
the  Umbellifers,1  could  induce  Linnaeus  to  place  Ranun- 
culus and  Potentilla  in  the  same  class. 

Linnaeus  gained  currency  for  his  system  by  connecting 
it  with  the  newly  accepted  doctrine  of  sexes  in  plants. 
That  doctrine  was  not  conceived  nor  demonstrated  by 
him  (see  p.  48),  and  it  had,  as  we  now  see,  no  further 
connection  with  classification  by  stamens  and  styles 
than  that  it  explained  the  almost  universal  occurrence 
of  such  parts  in  flowering  plants.  But  Linnaeus  had 
persuaded  himself  that  he  had  done  more  to  establish 

1  By  associating1  with  them  a  number  of  alien  genera. 


SYSTEMS  OF  FLOWERING  PLANTS  51 

the  existence  of  sexes  in  plants  than  anybody  else,  and 
that  the  physiological  importance  of  stamens  and  styles 
was  a  proof  of  their  systematic  value.  Neither  of  these 
beliefs  can  stand  inquiry,  but  both  were  extremely  influ- 
ential on  contemporary  opinion.  The  so-called  Sexual 
System  achieved  an  immense  success  everywhere  but  in 
France  and  Germany.  Botanists  of  small  experience 
were  now  able  to  say  whether  the  plants  which  seemed 
to  be  new  were  really  undescribed  or  not ;  if  undescribed, 
what  was  their  appropriate  place  in  the  system.  The 
congestion  of  systematic  botany  was  relieved. 

The  great  naturalist  appealed  to  posterity  by  publish- 
ing the  sketch  of  a  natural  system  of  flowering  plants, 
which  he  accompanied  by  judicious  expositions  of  the 
philosophy  of  classification.  He  had  the  permanent 
reform  of  systematic  botany  really  at  heart ;  he  did  not 
believe  that  his  own  Sexual  System  could  be  final ;  and 
he  was  glad  to  help  in  setting  up  a  better  one.  To  this 
end  he  united  groups  of  genera  into  families  which  he 
did  not  pretend  to  define,  being  often  guided  only  by  an 
obscure  sense  of  natural  bonds  of  union.  Bernard  de 
Jussieu,  one  of  the  most  patient  and  observant  of  sys- 
tematists,  devoted  his  life  to  the  same  task,  and  profited 
by  the  example  of  Linnaeus.  He  published  nothing,  but 
found  expression  for  his  views  in  the  arrangement  of  a 
botanic  garden  at  Versailles.  His  ideas  were  after- 
wards developed  by  his  nephew,  A.  L.  de  Jussieu,  in 
the  Genera  Plantarum  (1789). 

Affinity  became  at  length  the  avowed  basis  of  every 
botanical  system.  No  convenience  in  practice,  no 
agreement  or  difference  in  habit,  was  knowingly  per- 
mitted to  override  this  mysterious  property.  What 
then  is  affinity  ?  What  are  natural  groups  of  animals 
and  plants,  and  how  do  they  arise  ?  Until  the  year 


52  PERIOD  III. 


1859  no  one  could  tell.  The  terse  maxims  of  Linnaeus 
helped  to  guide  naturalists  into  the  right  road,  but  a 
single  fact  shows  how  inadequate  they  were.  Linnaeus 
emphatically  and  repeatedly  declared  his  belief  in  the 
constancy  of  species.  But  if  species  were  really  con- 
stant, affinity  between  species  must  have  been  no  more 
than  a  delusive  metaphor  ;  the  resemblances  between 
distinct  species  could  not,  on  that  supposition,  be  the 
effect  of  inheritance. 

Linnaeus'  imperfect  appreciation  of  the  fundamental 
difference  between  a  natural  classification  of  living 
things  and  such  classifications  as  man  makes  for  his 
own  practical  ends  is  further  revealed  by  his  admission 
of  a  third  kingdom  of  nature.1  Not  only  animals  and 
plants,  but  rocks  and  minerals  as  well,  had,  he  thought, 
their  genera  and  species.  The  genus  and  species  thereby 
become  mere  logical  terms,  independent  of  inheritance 
and  of  life  itself. 

Linnaeus  had  a  passionate  love  of  order  and  clearness, 
enforced  by  an  inexhaustible  power  of  work.  Hence  he 
was  able  to  serve  his  own  generation  with  great  effect, 
to  methodise  the  labours  of  naturalists,  to  devise  useful 
expedients  for  lightening  their  toil  (such  as  his  strict 
binomial  nomenclature),2  and  to  apply  scientific  know- 
ledge to  the  practical  purposes  of  life.  But  the  com- 
plexity of  nature  is  not  to  be  suddenly  and  forcibly 
reduced  to  order,  and  much  of  Linnaeus'  work  had  to 
be  done  over  again  in  a  different  spirit.  Cuvier  fur- 
nishes a  somewhat  parallel  case.  Cuvier  too  was  an 
indomitable  worker.  His  power  of  organisation  moved 
the  wonder  of  Napoleon,  and  there  has  been  no  greater 

1  The  third  kingdom  of  nature  was  taken  from  the  alchemists. 

2  The  binomial  nomenclature   had  been  gradually  coming  in 
ever  since  the  time  of  the  Bauhins. 


CARL  VON  LINN£  (CAROLUS  LINN^US). 

From  an  engraving  (1779)  after  the  portrait  by  Roslin 


54  PERIOD  III. 


master  of  clear  thought  and  clear  expression.  But,  like 
Linnaeus,  Cuvier  overlooked  much  that  was  already 
obscurely  felt  and  clumsily  worded  by  brooding  philo- 
sophers, germs  of  thought  which  were  destined  to 
become  all-powerful  in  the  course  of  a  generation  or 
two.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  labours  of 
Linnaeus  and  Cuvier  were  bestowed  in  vain.  All  that 
was  really  valuable  in  their  writings  has  been  saved, 
and  biology  will  never  forget  how  much  it  owes  to  their 
life-long  exertions. 

Reaumur  and  the  History  of  Insects. 

Reaumur  was  born  to  wealth,  and  made  timely  use 
of  his  leisure  to  study  the  sciences  and  win  for  himself 
a  place  among  natural  philosophers.  His  inclinations 
directed  him  first  towards  mathematics,  physics,  and,  a 
little  later,  towards  the  practical  arts.  He  took  a 
leading  part  in  a  magnificent  description  of  French 
industries,  which  had  been  undertaken  by  the  Academic 
des  Sciences.  Not  content  with  describing  the  pro- 
cesses in  use,  he  perpetually  laboured  to  improve  them. 
The  manufacture  of  steel,  tin-plate,  and  porcelain,  the 
hanging  of  carriages  and  the  fitting  of  axles,  the  im- 
provement of  the  thermometer,  glass  hives,  and  the 
hatching  of  fowls'  eggs  by  artificial  heat  are  among 
the  many  objects  to  which  his  attention  was  directed. 
Natural  History  gradually  took  a  more  and  more 
prominent  place  in  his  studies,  and  a  great  History  of 
Insects  engaged  the  last  years  of  his  busy  life. 

Reaumur  was  neither  an  anatomist  nor  a  systematist, 
at  least  he  gained  no  distinction  in  either  of  these 
branches  of  biology.  No  biological  laboratory  had 
been  dreamt  of  in  his  day  ;  he  lacked  the  manipulative 
skill  of  Swammerdam  or  Lyonet ;  he  was  no  draughts- 


RfiAUMUR  AND  THE  HISTORY  OF  INSECTS      55 

man,  and  had  to  engage  artists  to  draw  for  him.  One 
qualification  of  the  first  importance,  however,  he 
possessed  in  a  high  degree,  the  scientific  mind.  As  he 
watched  the  acts  of  an  insect,  questions  at  once 
sagacious  and  practical  suggested  themselves  in 
abundance,  and  these  questions  he  set  himself  to 
answer  in  the  best  possible  way — viz.,  by  observation 
and  experiment.  In  close  attention  to  the  activities  of 
living  things  his  ingenuity  and  patience  found  a  bound- 
less sphere  of  exercise.  Moreover  all  that  he  had  seen 
he  could  relate  in  a  simple  but  picturesque  manner, 
using  the  language  familiar  to  the  best  French  society 
in  the  generation  next  after  Madame  de  Se'vigne'. 
Diffuse  but  clear,  amusing  but  never  frivolous,  he  won 
and  kept  the  attention  of  a  multitude  of  readers,  the 
best  of  whom  were  incited  to  adopt  his  methods  or  to 
pursue  inquiries  which  he  had  indicated.  His  greatest 
successes  were  won  in  observing  and  interpreting  the 
natural  contrivances  of  insects,  the  means  by  which 
they  get  their  food  and  provide  for  their  safety  ;  their 
transformations,  instincts,  and  societies.  Kirby  and 
Spence,  which  is  still  one  of  the  best  popular  accounts 
of  insects  in  English,  is  largely  based  upon  Rdaumur ; 
so  are  other  well-known  treatises,  in  which  the  debt  is 
less  frankly  acknowledged.  Rdaumur  greatly  enlarged 
the  knowledge  of  all  kinds  of  insects  except  the  beetles 
and  Orthoptera,  which  he  did  not  live  to  describe,  and 
to  this  day  his  Histoire  des  Insectes  is  a  work  of  funda- 
mental importance,  with  which  every  investigator  of 
life-histories  is  bound  to  make  himself  acquainted. 

No  abstract  of  Reaumur's  Histoire  des  Insectes  is 
possible,  but  we  may  at  least  give  one  example  of  his 
mode  of  treatment.  Let  us  select  his  account  of  the 
proboscis  of  a  moth,  the  first  full  account  that  was  ever 


$6  PERIOD  III. 


given.  He  tells  us  that  all  moths  have  not  an  effective 
proboscis,  though  he  does  not  explain  how  some  of 
them  can  dispense  with  what  seems  so  necessary  an 
organ  ;  this  omission  has  been  made  good  by  later 
entomologists.  The  proboscis,  he  goes  on,  springs 
from  the  head,  just  between  the  compound  eyes.  When 
at  rest,  it  takes  up  very  little  room,  for  it  is  spirally 
rolled,  like  a  watch  spring ;  in  some  cases  it  makes  as 
few  as  one  and  a  half  or  two  turns,  in  others  as  many 
as  eight  or  ten  ;  the  base  is  often  concealed  by  a  pair  of 
hairy  palps,  which  serve  as  feelers.  Careful  study  of  a 
moth  as  she  flits  from  flower  to  flower  shows  that  she 
alights  on  the  plant,  unrolls  her  proboscis,  passes  it  into 
the  corolla,  withdraws  it,  perhaps  coils  it  for  an  instant, 
and  then  plunges  it  again  into  the  tube.  When  this 
manoeuvre  has  been  repeated  several  times,  the  moth 
flies  off  to  another  flower. 

Some  moths  have  a  tape-like  proboscis  ;  in  others  it 
is  cylindrical.  It  can  be  made  to  protrude  by  gentle 
pressure  on  the  head,  or  be  unrolled  by  a  pin  passed 
into  the  centre  of  the  spire  ;  it  is  composed  of  innumer- 
able joints,  and  tapers  from  the  base  to  the  tip.  When 
forcibly  unrolled,  it  often  splits  lengthwise  into  halves. 
At  the  time  of  escape  from  the  chrysalis  the  halves  are 
always  free,  and  they  require  careful  adjustment  in 
order  that  a  continuous  sucking-tube  may  be  obtained. 
A  newly  emerged  moth  may  be  seen  to  roll  and  unroll 
its  proboscis  repeatedly,  until  at  last  the  halves  cohere 
in  the  proper  position.  Sometimes  they  begin  to  dry 
before  the  operation  is  completed,  the  half-tubes  get 
curled,  and  then  the  unfortunate  moth  becomes 
incapable  of  feeding  at  all.  Each  half  is  a  demi-canal, 
whose  meeting  edges  interlock  by  minute  hooks.  The 
mechanism  reminds  Reaumur  of  that  which  connects 


THE  BUDDING-OUT  OF  NEW  ANIMALS         57 

the  barbs  of  a  feather  ;  in  both  cases  the  hooks  can  be 
adjusted  rapidly  and  completely  by  stroking-  from  base 
to  tip,  and  in  both  a  water-tight  junction  is  obtained. 
Besides  the  central  canal,  along  which  fluids  are  sucked 
up,  there  are  lateral  canals  (tracheae)  filled  with  air. 

Reaumur  was  careful  to  correct  his  anatomical 
studies  by  close  observation  of  the  live  insect.  He 
reared  an  angle-shades  moth,  which  he  kept  several 
days  without  food.  When  he  saw  it  repeatedly  extend- 
ing its  proboscis,  he  put  near  it  a  piece  of  sugar.  The 
moth  at  once  began  to  suck,  and  became  so  absorbed 
in  satisfying  its  hunger  that  it  allowed  Reaumur  to 
carry  it  on  a  sheet  of  paper  to  a  window  and  to  examine 
it  closely  with  a  lens.  The  proboscis  was  sometimes 
extended  for  several  minutes  at  a  time,  and  then  rolled 
up  for  an  instant ;  its  tip  was  either  employed  in  explor- 
ing the  surface  or  closely  applied  to  the  sugar.  By 
means  of  the  lens  a  slender  column  of  liquid  was  seen 
to  pass  along  the  central  canal  towards  the  head.  Now 
and  then,  however,  a  limpid  fluid  was  seen  to  pass 
down  the  proboscis  ;  this  was  the  saliva  which  was 
used  to  moisten  the  sugar,  and  then  sucked  up  again. 

The  Budding-out  of  New  Animals  (Hydra) :  another 
Form  of  Propagation  without  Mating  (Aphids). 

In  the  year  1744  a  young  Genevese,  Abraham 
Trembley,  tutor  in  the  family  of  Bentinck,  who  was 
then  English  resident  at  the  Hague,  rose  into  sudden 
fame  by  a  solid  and  well-timed  contribution  to  natural 
history.  Trembley  and  his  pupils  used  to  fish  for 
aquatic  insects  in  the  ponds  belonging  to  the  residence, 
and  in  the  summer  of  1740  he  happened  to  collect  some 
water-weeds,  which  he  put  into  a  glass  vessel  and  set 
in  a  window.  When  the  floating  objects  had  come  to 


58  PERIOD  III. 


rest,  a  small  green  stalk,  barely  visible  to  the  naked 
eye,  was  found  attached  to  one  of  the  plants.  From 
one  end  of  the  stalk  filaments  or  tentacles  were  seen  to 
project,  and  these  moved  slowly  about.  When  the 
vessel  was  shaken  the  stalk  and  tentacles  contracted, 
but  soon  extended  themselves  again.  Was  this  object 
a  plant  or  an  animal?  Its  shape  and  colour  were  those 
of  a  plant,  and  sensitive  plants  were  known  which 
drooped  when  touched  or  shaken.  Further  observation 
showed  that  it  could  move  from  place  to  place,  which 
favoured  the  animal  interpretation.  Trembley  deter- 
mined to  cut  the  stalk  in  two  ;  if  the  halves  lived  when 
separated  the  fact  would  favour  the  plant-theory.  The 
halves  at  first  gave  no  signs  of  life  beyond  occasional 
contraction  and  expansion,  but  after  eight  days  small 
prominences  were  seen  on  the  cut  end  of  the  basal 
half.  Next  day  the  prominences  had  lengthened  ;  on 
the  eleventh  day  they  seemed  to  be  growing  into 
tentacles.  Before  long  eight  fully  formed  tentacles 
were  visible,  and  Trembley  had  two  complete  specimens 
in  place  of  one  ;  both  were  able  to  move  about. 

After  four  years  of  observation  a  handsome  quarto 
volume  was  published,  which  told  the  history  of  "  The 
freshwater  Polyp,"  a  name  suggested  by  Reaumur  ; 
the  Latin  name  of  Hydra  was  given  by  Linnaeus. 
Hydra  had  been  discovered  and  slightly  described  forty 
years  before  by  Leeuwenhoek,  who  had  seen  two  young 
polyps  branching  from  one  parent  and  spontaneously 
becoming  free.  Trembley  made  out  all  that  a  simple 
lens,  guided  by  a  skilful  hand  and  a  keen  eye,  could 
discover.  Thirteen  plates  were  admirably  engraved  by 
another  amateur,  Pierre  Lyonet,  who  was  in  all  respects 
a  fit  companion  for  Trembley.  It  was  proved  that 
Hydra  preyed  upon  living  animals,  especially  upon  the 


THE  BUDDING-OUT  OF  NEW  ANIMALS         59 

Daphnia  or  water-flea.  When  it  was  well  nourished  it 
branched  spontaneously  again  and  again,  forming1  a 
compound  mass  made  up  of  scores  or  even  hundreds 
of  polyps,  all  connected  with  a  single  base.  The  power 
of  locomotion  and  the  power  of  devouring  prey  were 
held  to  settle  the  animal  nature  of  Hydra,  a  decision  to 
which  zoologists  have  ever  since  adhered.  Lyonet 
went  on  to  try  the  effect  of  division  upon  some  common 
freshwater  worms,  and  found  that  each  part  grew  into 
a  complete  worm.  Artificial  division  is  not  indispens- 
able ;  in  the  worm  called  Nais  division  takes  place 
spontaneously  at  certain  seasons,  one  segment  dividing 
repeatedly,  so  as  to  form  the  segments  of  a  complete 
new  individual.  The  process  may  be  repeated  until  a 
chain  of  worms  is  produced,  which  at  length  breaks 
up.1 

A  nail  was  thus  driven  in  a  sure  place.  The  concep- 
tion of  an  animal  was  enlarged,  for  it  was  shown  that 
an  animal  may  branch  and  multiply  in  a  way  hitherto 
supposed  to  be  peculiar  to  plants.  The  old  connecting 
links  between  animals  and  plants  (zoophytes,  sponges, 
etc.)  had  never  been  really  investigated  ;  no  one  knew 
what  sort  of  organisms  formed  or  inhabited  their  plant- 
like  skeletons.  But  Hydra,  thanks  to  Trembley's 
description,  furnished  a  clear  example  of  an  animal 
which  possessed  some  of  the  attributes  of  a  plant. 
Forms  more  ambiguous  than  Hydra,  such  as  Volvox 
and  Euglaena,  were  ultimately  to  make  the  distinction 
between  animal  and  plant  very  uncertain  and  shadowy. 
It  was  Hydra  that  gave  the  first  clue  to  the  structure  of 

1  This  discovery  is  usually  attributed  to  Bonnet,  but  the  testi- 
mony of  Reaumur  (Hist,  des  Jnsecfes,  Vol.  VI.,  p.  Ivi.)  and  of 
Trembley  (Hist,  des  Polypes  d'eau  douce,  p.  323)  is  decisive  in 
favour  of  Lyonet. 

E2 


bo  PERIOD  III. 


the  zoophytes,  and  dispelled  the  false  notion  that  corals 
are  plants,  bearing  flowers,  fruits,  and  seeds. 

Baer1  has  remarked  that  Trembley's  discovery 
appreciably  modified  the  teaching  of  physiology  by 
showing  that  an  animal  without  head,  nerves,  sense- 
organs,  muscles,  or  blood  may  perceive,  feed,  grow,  and 
nove  about. 

At  the  time  when  Trembley  was  demonstrating  the 
asexual  propagation  of  Hydra,  Bonnet  (supra,  p.  45) 
was  demonstrating  the  asexual  propagation  of  aphids. 
Both  naturalists  were  natives  of  Geneva,  and  both,  as 
well  as  their  associate  Lyonet,  were  in  a  sense  pupils 
of  Reaumur,  who  not  only  set  them  an  admirable 
example,  but  directed  their  attention  to  promising 
researches  and  discussed  with  them  the  conclusions 
which  might  be  drawn.  Reaumur's  experience  had 
seemed  to  confirm  Leeuwenhoek's  statement  (supra, 
p.  34)  that  aphids  produce  young  alive,  even  though 
no  males  are  to  be  found  among  them  ;  but  unlucky 
accidents  defeated  his  intention  to  confirm  it  by  experi- 
ment, and  when  Bonnet  asked  him  to  suggest  a  piece 
of  work  Reaumur  gave  him  the  aphid  problem.2 

Bonnet  filled  a  flower-pot  with  moist  earth,  intro- 
duced a  food-plant  together  with  a  single  new-born 
aphid,  and  covered  all  up  with  a  bell-jar.  In  twelve 
days  the  aphid  produced  its  first  young  one  ;  in  a  month 
ninety-five  had  been  born  from  the  same  unfertilised 
parent.  As  many  as  five  generations  were  obtained 
without  the  intervention  of  a  male,  each  successive 
parent  having  been  isolated  from  the  moment  of  its 
birth.  It  was,  however,  discovered,  apparently  by 

1  Reden,  Vol.  I.,  pp.  109,  154. 

2  Trait^  d ' Insectologie,  premiere    partie.      Two   vols.    12    mo. 
Paris,  1745. 


HISTORICAL  OR  COMPARATIVE  METHOD       61 

Lyonet,  that  though  viviparous  reproduction  without 
males  went  on  regularly  so  long-  as  food  was  plentiful, 
males  appeared  towards  the  end  of  summer,  and 
fertilised  the  eggs  which  were  destined  to  outlast  the 
winter. 

The  aphids  added  a  new  and  peculiar  example  to  the 
known  cases  of  asexual  propagation  (plants  and  Hydra). 
Much  discussion  followed,  but  the  physiology  of  that 
age  (and  the  same  is  true  .of  the  physiology  of  our  own 
age)  was  unable  to  reveal  the  full  significance  of  the 
observed  facts.  Insects  have  since  furnished  many 
instances  of  unfertilised  eggs  which  yield  offspring. 
One  such  instance  was  already  recorded,  though  neither 
Leeuwenhoek,  Reaumur,  nor  Bonnet  knew  of  it.  In 
the  year  1701  Albrecht  of  Hildesheim  placed  a  pupa 
in  a  glass  vessel  and  forgot  it.  A  moth  hatched  out 
and  laid  eggs,  from  which  a  number  of  caterpillars 
issued. 

Lyonet,  whom  we  have  more  than  once  had  occasion 
to  mention,  afterwards  became  celebrated  as  the  author 
of  one  of  the  most  laborious  and  beautiful  of  insect- 
monographs.  The  structure  of  the  larva  of  the  goat- 
moth  was  depicted  by  him  in  eighteen  quarto  plates, 
crowded  with  detail. 

The  Historical  or  Comparative  Method:  Montesquieu 
and  Buffon. 

About  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  we  remark 
the  introduction  of  a  new,  or  almost  new,  method  of 
investigation,  which  was  destined  to  achieve  great 
results.  Hitherto  many  men  had  been  sanguine  enough 
to  believe  that  they  could  think  out  or  decide  by  argu- 
ment hard  questions  respecting  the  origin  of  what  they 
saw  about  them.  It  was  easier,  but  not  really  more 


62  PERIOD  III. 


promising1,  to  resort  to  ancient  books  which  contained 
the  speculations  of  past  generations  of  thinkers.  Now 
at  last  men  set  themselves  to  study  what  is,  and  by  the 
help  of  historical  facts  to  discover  how  it  came  to  be. 
The  new  method  was  first  applied  to  the  institutions 
of  human  society,  but  was  in  the  end  extended  to  the 
earth,  life  on  the  earth,  and  a  multitude  of  other  impor- 
tant subjects. 

Most  writers  call  this  method  historical,  because 
history  is  the  chief  means  by  which  it  seeks  to  trace 
causes.  Others  call  it  genetic,  because  it  g-oes  back, 
whenever  it  can,  to  origins.  It  might  also  be  called 
comparative,  because  it  compares,  not  only  things  which 
are  widely  separated  in  time,  but  also  things  which  are 
separated  in  space,  things  which  differ  in  form  or  ten- 
dency  because  they  have  a  common  origin,  and  things 
which  differ  in  origin  because  they  have  a  common  form 
or  tendency.  Whether  the  institutions,  arts,  and  usages 
of  mankind,  or  the  species  of  plants  and  animals,  are  in 
question,  the  study  of  history,  together  with  the  com- 
parative study  of  what  now  exists,  results  in  increased 
attention  to  development,  and  this  again  brings  to  light 
the  continuity  of  all  natural  agents  and  processes — con- 
tinuity in  time  and  continuity  among-  co-existences. 
Since  the  new  method  has  succeeded  in  tracing  the 
causes  of  many  phenomena  which  once  seemed  to  obey 
no  law,  it  has  done  much  to  strengthen  the  belief  in 
universal  causation. 

Down  to  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  the 
book  of  Genesis  had  been  almost  unanimously  accepted 
in  Europe  as  the  only  source  of  information  concerning 
the  origin  of  the  world,  of  man,  of  languages,  of  arts 
and  sciences.  The  whole  duration  of  the  world  was 
restricted  to  so  brief  a  space  that  slow  development 


HISTORICAL  OR  COMPARATIVE  METHOD       63 

was  impossible,  and  it  was  assumed  that  early  history 
of  every  kind  must  be  miraculous.1 

Montesquieu  (Esprit  des  Lots,  1748)  was  the  first  to 
exhibit  on  an  impressive  scale  the  power  of  the  his- 
torical method.  Natural  development,  determined  by 
unalterable  conditions,  was  with  him  the  key  to  the 
right  understanding  of  the  past.  It  is  well  known  that 
here  and  there  a  great  thinker  had  before  Montesquieu 
framed  something  like  the  same  conception.  The 
Politics  of  Aristotle2  and  Vico's  study  of  the  historical 
evolution  of  the  Roman  law  (1725)  are  memorable 
anticipations.  By  1748,  the  date  of  the  Esprit  des  Lois, 
or  1749,  the  date  of  Buffon's  first  volumes,  which  come 
next  before  us,  Newton's  Principia  had  made  students 
of  physics  and  astronomy  practically  familiar  with  the 
notion  of  universal  causation. 

Buffon's  place  in  the  history  of  science  is  that  of  one 
who  accomplished  great  things  in  spite  of  weaknesses 
peculiarly  alien  to  the  scientific  spirit.  It  was  mainly 
he  who,  by  strenuous  exertions  and  largely  at  his  own 
cost,  transformed  the  gardens  from  which  the  king's 
physicians  used  to  procure  their  drugs  into  what  we 
now  know  as  the  Jardin  des  Plantes.  By  the  untiring 
labours  of  fifty  years  he  produced  a  Natural  History  in 

1  In  circles  untouched  by  general  European  thought  such  beliefs 
lasted   much   later.     Sir  Francis  Galton  {Memories  of  My  Life, 
p.  67)  says  :  "The  horizon  of  the  antiquarians  was  so  narrow  at 
about  the  date  (1840)  of  my  Cambridge  days  that  the  whole  history 
of  the  early  world  was  literally  believed,  by  many  of  the  best- 
informed  men,  to  be  contained  in  the  Pentateuch.     It  was  also 
practically  supposed  that  nothing  more  of  importance  could  be 
learnt  of  the  origin  of  civilisation  during  classical  times  than  was 
to  be  found  definitely  stated  in  classical  authors." 

2  "  If  anything  could  disentitle  Montesquieu's  Esprit  des  Lois  to 
the  proud  motto,  Prolem  sine  matre  creatam,  it  would  be  its  close 
relationship  to  the  Politics."     (A.  W.  Benn's  Greek  Philosophers. 
Vol.  II.,  p.  429.) 


PERIOD  III. 


thirty-six  volumes  crowded  with  plates.  Having-  won 
for  himself  a  place  side  by  side  with  Montesquieu  and 
Gibbon,  he  employed  it  to  direct  attention  to  the  larger 
questions  of  biology  and  geology.  He  was  a  pro- 
nounced freethinker,  who  promulgated  bold  views  with 
a  dexterity  which  saved  him  from  condemnation  by  the 
theological  tribunals.  When  his  opinions  were  declared 
to  be  contrary  to  the  teaching  of  the  Church,  he  printed 
a  conciliatory  explanation,  but  never  cancelled  the 
passages  objected  to,  which  continued  to  appear  in  a 
succession  of  editions.  His  deficiencies,  we  must  admit, 
were  serious.  He  was  a  poor  observer  (partly  because 
of  short  sight),  and  had  no  memory  for  small  details. 
His  enemies  were  able  to  taunt  him  with  absurd  mistakes, 
such  as  that  cows  shed  their  horns.  He  alienated  the 
two  foremost  naturalists  of  the  eighteenth  century, 
Linnaeus  and  Reaumur,  by  ignorant  and  scornful 
criticisms.  His  strong  propensity  to  speculation,  in- 
sufficiently checked  by  care  to  verify,  might  have 
brought  him  under  the  sarcastic  remark  of  Fontenelle, 
that  ignorance  is  less  apparent  when  it  fails  to  explain 
'what  is,  than  when  it  undertakes  to  explain  what  is  not. 

Buffon's  fame  is  not  seriously  impaired  by  the  fact 
that  his  great  work  is  no  long-er  read  except  by  those 
who  study  the  course  of  scientific  thought.  Few 
productions  of  the  human  intellect  retain  their  value 
after  a  hundred  years,  and  scientific  treatises  become 
obsolete  sooner  than  others.  It  is  consoling-  to 
recollect  that,  if  their  energy  is  quickly  dissipated,  it  is 
at  least  converted  into  light. 

In  a  history  of  biology  Buffon  is  naturally  a  more 
important  figure  than  Montesquieu.  Buffon  had  im- 
bibed evolutionary  views  from  the  Protogcea  of  Leibnitz, 
which  in  turn  made  use  of  certain  hypotheses  of 


HISTORICAL  OR  COMPARATIVE  METHOD       65 

Descartes.1  The  Histoire  Naturelle  inclines  to  some 
theory  of  evolution,  especially  in  the  later  volumes.  At 
first  Buffon  teaches  that  species  are  fixed  and  wholly 
independent  of  one  another  ;  some  years  later  he  is  ready 
to  believe  that  all  quadrupeds  may  be  derived  from  some 
forty  original  forms,  while  in  a  third  and  subsequent 


GEORGES  Louis  LECLERC,  COMTE  DE  BUFFON. 

passage  he  puts  the  question  whether  all  vertebrates 
may  not  have  had  a  common  ancestor.  He  does  not 
shrink  from  saying-  that  one  general  plan  of  structure 

1  For  an  account  of  other  early  hypotheses  of  the  same  kind 
the  reader  may  refer  to  Edward  Clodd's  Pioneers  of  Evolution. 


66  PERIOD  III. 


pervades  the  whole  animal  kingdom — a  belief  that  he 
could  never  have  adequately  supported  by  facts  ;  Baer 
long1  afterwards  (1828)  searched  in  vain  for  evidence  on 
this  very  point,  while  Darwin  in  1859  admitted  that  his 
arguments  and  facts  only  proved  common  descent  for 
each  separate  phylum  of  the  animal  kingdom  ;x  he 
inferred  from  analogy  that  probably  all  the  organic 
beings  which  have  ever  lived  on  this  earth  have 
descended  from  some  one  primordial  form.2  Elsewhere 
Buffon  makes  bold  to  declare  that  Nature  in  her  youthful 
vigour  threw  off  a  number  of  experimental  forms  of  life, 
some  of  which  were  approved  and  adopted,  while  others 
were  allowed  to  survive  in  order  to  give  mankind  a  wider 
conception  of  her  projects.  There  is  generally  some 
gleam  of  truth  in  Buffon's  most  fantastic  speculations,  but 
we  often  wish  that  he  could  have  attended  to  the  warning 
of  Bossuet :  "  Le  plus  grand  dereglement  de  1'esprit  est 
de  croire  les  choses  parce  qu'on  veut  qu'elles  soient." 

Against  all  his  shortcomings  we  must  set  the  fact 
that  Buffon  strove  to  interpret  the  present  by  the 
past,  the  past  by  the  present,  geology  by  astronomy, 
geographical  distribution  by  the  physical  history  of  the 
continents.  One  of  his  maxims  expresses  the  funda- 
mental thought  of  Ly ell's  Principles  of  Geology :  "Pour 
juger  de  ce  qui  est  arrive,  et  meme  de  ce  qui  arrivera, 
nous  n'avons  qu'a  examiner  ce  qui  arrive." 

Hard-and-fast  distinctions  are  the  marks  of  imperfect 
theory.  Early  philosophers  distinguished  hot  and  cold, 
wet  and  dry,  light  and  dark,  male  and  female,  as  things 
different  in  kind.  In  later  times  organic  and  inorganic, 
animal  and  vegetable,  the  activities  of  matter  and  the 
activities  of  mind,  have  been  sharply  separated.  But  as 


1  Life  and  Letters,  Vol.  II.,  p.  212. 

2  Origin  of  Species,  cd.  i.,  p.  484. 


AMATEUR  STUDENTS  OF  LIVING  ANIMALS     67 

knowledge  increases  these  distinctions  melt  away  ;  it  is 
perceived  that  the  extreme  cases  are  either  now  connected 
by  insensible  gradations,  or  else  spring  historically  from 
a  common  root.  Hutton,  Lyell,  and  their  successors 
have  made  it  clear  that  the  history  of  the  earth  calls  for 
no  agents  and  no  assumptions  beyond  those  that  are 
involved  in  changes  now  going  on  ;  the  present  is  heir 
by  unbroken  descent  to  the  past.  Continuity  has  been 
established  between  all  forms  of  energy.  Even  the 
chemical  elements,  once  the  emblems  of  independence, 
give  indications  that  they  too  had  a  common  origin. 
The  nebular  hypothesis,  which  has  been  steadily  rendered 
more  probable  by  the  scientific  discoveries  of  two  cen- 
turies, traces  all  that  can  be  perceived  by  the  senses  to 
a  homogeneous  vapour,  and  lays  the  burden  of  proof  on 
those  who  believe  that  continuity  has  its  limits.  Every 
history,  whether  of  planetary  systems,  or  of  the  earth's 
crust,  or  of  human  civilisations,  religions,  and  arts,  is 
recognised  as  a  continuous  development  with  progressive 
differentiation. 

Amateur  Students  of  Living  Animals. 
A  history  of  biology  would  be  incomplete  which 
took  no  notice  of  every-day  observations  of  the  com- 
monest forms  of  life.  Some  of  the  best  are  due  to  the 
curiosity  of  men  with  whom  natural  history  was  no 
more  than  an  occasional  recreation.  William  Turner 
(a  preacher,  who  became  Dean  of  Wells),  Charles 
Butler  (a  schoolmaster),  Caius  and  Lister  (physicians), 
Claude  Perrault  (a  physician  and  architect),  Mery  and 
Poupart  (surgeons),  Frisch  (a  schoolmaster  and  philo- 
logue),  Lyonet(an  interpreter  and  confidential  secretary), 
Roesel  (a  miniature  painter),  Henry  Baker  (a  bookseller, 
who  gained  a  competence  by  instructing  deaf  mutes), 


63  PERIOD  III. 


Leroy  (ranger  to  the  King-  of  France),  Stephen  Hales, 
Gilbert  White  and  William  Kirby  (country  parsons), 
and  William  Spence  (a  drysalter)  were  all  amateurs  in 
natural  history.  To  this  list  we  might  add  Willughby, 
Ray,  Leeuwenhoek,  Reaumur,  De  Geer,  Buffon,  the 
Hubers,  and  George  Montagu,  who  were  either  so 
fortunate  in  their  worldly  circumstances  or  so  devoted 
to  science  as  to  make  it  their  chief,  or  even  their  sole 
pursuit,  though  they  did  not  look  to  it  for  bread.  A 
large  proportion  of  the  naturalists  whose  names  have 
been  quoted  occupied  themselves  with  the  habits  and 
instincts  of  animals,  and  biology  has  been  notably 
enriched  by  their  observations.  To  Englishmen  the 
most  familiar  name  is  that  of  Gilbert  White,  in  whom 
were  combined  thirst  for  knowledge,  exactness  in 
description,  and  a  feeling  for  the  poetry  of  nature. 

White  used  his  influence  to  encourage  what  may  be 
called  live  natural  history,  which,  as  he  understood  it, 
"abounds  in  anecdote1  and  circumstance."  He  bids 
his  correspondents  to  "  learn  as  much  as  possible  the 
manners  of  animals  ;  they  are  worth  a  ream  of  des- 
criptions." His  example  has  done  more  than  his 
exhortations.  He  focusses  a  keen  eye  upon  any  new 
or  little-known  animal,  such  as  the  noctule,  the  harvest- 
mouse,  or  the  mole-cricket  ;  detects  natural  contrivances 
little,  if  at  all,  noticed  before,  such  as  the  protective 
resemblance  of  the  stone-curlew's  young  ;  dwells  upon 
the  practical  applications  of  natural  history,  such  as  the 
action  of  earthworms  in  promoting  the  fertility  of  soils; 
and  combines  facts  which  a  dull  man  would  be  careful 
to  put  into  separate  pigeon-holes,  such  as  the  different 


1  White  uses  anecdote  in  the  old  sense,  meaning-  by  it  a  piece  of 
unpublished  information. 


INTELLIGENCE,  ETC.,  IN  LOWER  ANIMALS      69 

ways  in  which  a  squirrel,  a  field-mouse,  and  a  nuthatch 
extract  the  kernels  of  hazel-nuts. 

The  many  amateurs  of  the  eighteenth  century  natu- 
rally demanded  books  written  to  suit  them,  and 
illustrated  books  with  coloured  plates,  coming  out  in 
parts,  found  a  ready  sale.  Some  were  devoted  to 
insects,  others  to  microscopic  objects.  In  accordance 
with  prevalent  belief,  the  writers  made  a  point  of 
tracing  the  hand  of  Providence  in  the  minutest  organ- 
isms ;  many  popular  treatises  were  altogether  devoted 
to  natural  theology.  Some  few  of  these  natural  history 
miscellanies  contained  original  work,  which  has  not  yet 
lost  its  interest.  The  best  is  Roesel's  Insecten-belusti- 
gungen  (four  vols.  4to.,  1746-61),  memorable  among 
other  things  for  containing  the  original  description  of 
Amoeba.  For  English  readers  Henry  Baker  wrote  The 
Microscope  Made  Easy  (1743)  and  Employment  for  the 
Microscope  (1753). 

Intelligence  and  Instinct  in  the  Lower  Animals. 

The  period  with  which  we  are  now  concerned  (1741- 
1789)  initiated  the  profitable  discussion  of  the  mental 
powers  of  animals.  We  are  unable  for  lack  of  space 
to  follow  the  investigation  from  period  to  period,  and 
must  condense  into  one  short  section  whatever  its 
history  suggests. 

In  the  year  1660  Aristotelians  were  still  discoursing 
about  the  vegetative  and  sensitive  souls  which  bridged 
the  gulf  between  inanimate  matter  and  the  thinking 
man.  Descartes  had  tried  to  prove  that  the  bodies 
of  men  and  animals  are  machines  actuated  by  springs 
like  watches.  Man,  however,  according  to  Descartes, 
possesses  a  soul  wholly  different  in  its  properties  from 
his  body,  and  apparently  incapable  of  being  acted  upon 


70  PERIOD  III. 


by  it.  Man  only  can  think  ;  animals  are  capable  only 
of  physical  sensations,  and  have  no  consciousness. 
Into  speculations  like  these  we  shall  not  venture,  being 
content,  like  Locke,  "  to  sit  down  in  quiet  ignorance 
of  those  things  which  upon  examination  are  proved  to 
be  beyond  the  reach  of  our  capacities."  We  shall 
merely  note  here  and  there  facts  ascertained  by  obser- 
vation or  experiment,  and  plain  inferences  drawn  from 
such  facts. 

Swammerdam  and  Reaumur,  besides  many  naturalists 
of  less  eminence,  recorded  a  host  of  observations  on  the 
activities  of  insects.  They  contributed  little  to  the 
discussion  except  new  facts,  for  habit  led  them  to  ascribe 
without  reflection  every  contrivance  to  the  hand  of 
Providence  or  else  to  Nature.  Some  of  their  facts,  how- 
ever, made  a  deep  impression,  none  more  than  the  exact 
agreement  of  the  cells  of  the  honeycomb  with  the  form 
which  calculation  showed  to  be  most  advantageous.1 
The  coincidence  has  lost  some  of  its  interest  since  the 
discovery  that  the  theoretically  best  form  of  cell  is  hardly 
ever  realised.2  R£aumur,3  in  describing  the  process  by 
which  a  certain  leaf-eating  caterpillar  makes  a  case  for 
itself  out  of  the  epidermis  of  an  elm-leaf,  showed  that 
the  caterpillar  is  not  devoid  of  that  kind  of  intelligence 
which  adapts  measures  to  circumstances.  He  cut  off 
the  margin  where  the  upper  epidermis  of  the  leaf  passes 
into  the  lower  one,  a  margin  which  the  insect  had 
intended  to  convert  into  one  side  of  its  case  ;  the  cater- 
pillar sewed  up  the  gap.  He  cut  off  a  projection  which 
was  meant  to  form  part  of  the  triangular  end  of  the 
case  ;  the  caterpillar  altered  its  plan,  and  made  that  the 
head-end  which  was  originally  intended  to  lodge  the 

1  Reaumur,  Hist,  des  Insectes,  Vol.  V.,  M£m.  viii. 
9  Darwin,  Origin  of  Species,  chap.  vii.          3  Vol.  III.,  M£m.  iv. 


INTELLIGENCE,  ETC.,  IN  LOWER  ANIMALS      71 

tail.  This  observation  anticipates  a  better-known 
example  taken  from  the  economy  of  the  hive-bee  by 
Pierre  Huber,  which  is  mentioned  below. 

Buffon1  heard  with  impatience  all  expressions  of 
admiration  for  the  works  of  insects.  His  poor  eyesight 
and  his  repugnance  to  minutiae  disinclined  him  to  pay 
much  attention  to  creatures  so  small,  and  he  had  set 
himself  up  as  the  rival  of  Reaumur  in  physics  and 
natural  history.  To  pour  contempt  upon  insects  grati- 
fied both  feelings  at  once.  Bees,  he  said,  show  no 
intelligence  at  all  ;  their  actions  are  purely  automatic, 
and  their  much-vaunted  architecture  is  merely  the  result 
of  working  in  a  crowd.  The  cells  of  the  honeycomb  are 
hexagonal,  not  by  reason  of  forethought  or  contrivance, 
but  because  of  mutual  pressure  ;  soaked  peas  in  a  con- 
fined space  form  hexagonal  surfaces  wherever  they  touch. 

The  elder  Huber  seems  to  have  denied  to  bees  every 
trace  of  intelligence,  but  his  son  Pierre  found  it  hard 
to  go  so  far.2  He  remarked  that  the  storage-cells 
of  a  honeycomb  are  not  always  exactly  alike  ;  they  may 
be  lengthened,  cut  down,  or  curved,  when  requisite. 
Cells  which  had  been  rudely  trimmed  with  a  knife  were 
repaired  with  such  dexterity  and  concert  as  to  suggest 
that  even  the  hive-bee  has  "  le  droit  de  penser."  Bees 
would  under  compulsion  build  upwards  or  sideways, 
instead  of  downwards,  as  they  like  to  do.  Finding  that 
they  sought  to  extend  their  combs  in  the  direction  of 
the  nearest  support,  he  covered  the  support  with  a  sheet 
of  glass,  on  which  they  could  get  no  footing.  They 
swerved  at  once  from  the  straight  line,  and  prolonged 

1  Hist.  Nat.,  Vol.  IV. 

2  The  first  edition  of  the  Nouvelles  Observations  sur  les  Abeilles 
(1792)  was  the  work  of  Frar^ois  Huber  alone  ;  the  second  (1814) 
was  prepared  by  Pierre  with  the  co-operation  of  his  father,  and 
is  here  credited  to  the  son. 


72  PERIOD  III. 


their  comb  towards  the  nearest  uncovered  surface, 
though  this  obliged  them  to  distort  their  cells.  He  was 
driven  to  the  conclusion  that  bees  possess  "  a  little  dose 
of  judgment  or  reason."  In  our  own  time,  when  all 
conscious  adaptation  of  means  to  ends  is  believed  to 
be  worthy  of  the  name  of  reason,  it  requires  no  great 
courage  to  ask  why  we  deny  such  an  attribute  to  all  the 
lower  animals. 

In  spite  of  examples  like  this,  the  favourite  expression 
"  blind  instinct "  helped  to  strengthen  the  conviction 
that  the  mental  processes  of  animals  are  unsearchable. 
It  is  impossible  to  deny  that  the  epithet  blind  is  appro- 
priate in  many  cases.  A  bird  will  sit  an  addled  egg  all 
summer,  or  vainly  but  repeatedly  attempt  to  make  its 
tunnel  in  the  insufficient  breadth  of  a  mud  wall  (Geo- 
sitta).  Of  course  such  instances  do  not  show  that  all 
the  acts  of  the  lower  animals  are  devoid  of  intelligence. 

Hume  in  1739  and  again  in  1748  appealed  to  every- 
day observation  of  dogs,  birds,  and  other  animals  of 
high  grade.  The  facts  seemed  to  him  to  show  that 
animals  as  well  as  men  are  endowed  with  reason  and 
able  to  draw  inferences  ;  he  did  not,  however,  credit 
them  with  the  power  of  framing  general  statements, 
holding  that  experience  operates  on  them,  as  on  children 
and  the  generality  of  mankind,  by  "  custom  "  alone.  It 
is  notorious  that  the  dog  and  other  higher  animals  learn 
by  experience  ;  Hume  tells,  for  instance,  how  an  old 
greyhound  will  leave  the  more  fatiguing  part  of  the 
chase  to  younger  dogs,  and  place  himself  so  as  to  meet 
the  hare  in  her  doubles.  On  the  other  hand  (though 
Hume  does  not  say  so)  man  himself  possesses  non- 
educable  instincts.  In  short,  Hume  sees  no  ground  for 
drawing  a  line  between  the  mental  powers  of  man  and 
those  of  the  higher  animals,  though  he  attributes  to 


INTELLIGENCE,  ETC.,  IN  LOWER  ANIMALS      73 

man  a  power  of  demonstrative  reasoning1  to  which 
animals  do  not  attain.  In  this  he  substantially  agrees 
•with  Aristotle,1  who  maintained  that  in  animals  the 
germs  of  the  psychical  qualities  of  the  man  are  evident, 
though,  as  in  the  child,  they  are  undeveloped.  Hume's 
teaching-  also  accords  with  modern  views  ;  comparative 
anatomy,  for  instance,  "  is  easily  able  to  show  that, 
physically,  man  is  but  the  last  term  of  a  long1  series  of 
forms,  which  lead  by  slow  gradations  from  the  highest 
mammal  to  the  almost  formless  speck  of  living  proto- 
plasm, which  lies  on  the  shadowy  boundary  between 
•animal  and  vegetable  life."2 

The  detailed  proofs  which  Hume  was  not  enough  of 
a  naturalist  to  furnish  were  at  length  stated  with  admir- 
able clearness  and  force  by  Leroy,  whose  Letters  on 
Animals  form  the  most  important  contribution  made 
to  the  discussion  during  our  period.  Georges  Leroy 
(1723-1789)  was  lieutenant  des  chasses  under  the  last 
French  kings,  and  had  charge  of  the  parks  at  Versailles 
and  Marly.  He  wrote  therefore  with  knowledge  about 
the  wolf,  fox,  deer,  rabbit,  and  dog.  His  pages  are 
•enlivened  by  many  touches  of  nature,  interesting  to 
readers  who  perhaps  care  little  about  psychology. 
Leroy  attributes  to  the  wolf  observation,  comparison, 
judgment.  The  wolf  must  mark  the  height  of  the  fold 
which  encloses  a  flock,  and  judge  whether  he  can  clear 
it  with  a  sheep  in  his  mouth.  Wolf  and  she-wolf  co- 
operate artfully  in  the  running-down  of  prey.  Some- 
times the  she-wolf  will  draw  off  the  sheep-dog  in  pursuit, 
thus  putting  the  flock  at  the  mercy  of  her  mate.  Or  one 

T  Hist.  Animalium^  VIII. ,  i. 

8  Huxley's  Hume^  chap.  v.  Some  few  naturalists,  who  are 
entitled  to  respectful  attention,  such  as  Father  Wasmann,  author 
of  The  Psychology  of  Ants ,  do  not  even  now  receive  the  conclusions 
of  Hume. 


74  PERIOD  III. 


of  the  two  will  chase  the  quarry  till  it  is  out  of  breath, 
when  the  other  can  take  up  the  running  on  advantageous 
terms.  An  old  fox  shows  knowledge  of  the  properties 
of  traps,  and  will  rather  make  a  new  outlet  or  suffer 
long  famine  than  encounter  them.  But  when  he  finds 
a  rabbit  already  caught,  he  realises  that  the  trap  has 
lost  its  power  to  hurt.  Sheep-dogs  can  be  educated  to 
mind  things  which  do  not  interest  wild  dogs,  or  dogs  of 
other  breeds  ;  when,  for  instance,  the  flock  is  driven 
past  a  patch  of  wheat,  the  dog  in  charge  will  take  care 
that  the  sheep  do  not  damage  the  crop.  A  trained 
sporting-dog  learns  at  length  to  trust  his  own  judgment, 
even  in  opposition  to  that  of  his  master,  and  sportsmen 
know  that  they  must  direct  young  dogs,  but  leave  old 
ones  to  act  for  themselves. 

From  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  to  the 
present  day  naturalists  and  psychologists  have  been 
labouring  to  distinguish  instinct  from  intelligence.  It 
is  not  hard  to  define  well-marked  examples  of  each,  and 
to  show  that  a  typical  instinct  is  congenital  (not  the 
result  of  a  process  of  education  or  self-education), 
adaptive  (conducive  to  the  welfare  of  the  organism), 
co-ordinated  by  nerve-centres  (thus  excluding  the 
superficially  similar  behaviour  of  the  lowest  animals  and 
all  plants),  actuating  the 'whole  organism  (thus  excluding 
most,  if  not  all,  reflex  acts  in  the  higher  animals,  as 
well  as  the  wonderful  adjustments  effected  by  bone- 
corpuscles  and  other  parts  of  organisms),  and  common 
to  all  the  members  of  a  species  or  other  group  (thus 
excluding  individual  aptitudes).1  In  the  same  way  it 
is  easy  to  point  out  clear  differences  between  a  bird  and 
a  tree.  But  just  as  a  definition  which  shall  separate 

1  Lloyd  Morgan.  Habit  and  Instinct,  Introduction. 


INTELLIGENCE,  ETC.,  IN  LOWER  ANIMALS      75 

every  animal  from  every  plant  has  hitherto  been  sought 
in  vain,  so  it  has  hitherto  been  impossible  to  frame  a 
definition  which  while  including  all  instincts  shall  admit 
no  case  of  reflex  action  or  intelligence.  The  most 
ambiguous  cases  of  all  are  perhaps  to  be  found  in 
insects,  where,  as  will  shortly  be  explained,  our  infor- 
mation is  ill-fitted  to  support  precise  distinctions. 

Many  naturalists  entertain  some  form  of  what  may 
be  called  the  usi-and-disuse  or  inherited-memory  theory, 
supposing  that  the  aptitudes  of  the  offspring  are 
influenced  by  the  activities  of  the  parent.  Some  cling 
to  the  belief  that  habits  can  be  fixed  and  transmitted, 
and  we  must  admit  that  the  fixation  and  transmission 
of  habits  might  explain  a  great  deal.  But  all  the 
evidence  goes  to  prove  that  habits  are  not  inherited  at 
all,  and  that  we  must  look  elsewhere  for  the  origin  of 
instincts.  Let  naturalists  who  think  differently  try  to 
account  for  the  instincts  of  working  bees  or  ants,  which 
receive  their  psychical  not  less  than  their  physical 
endowment  from  a  long  succession  of  ancestors,  none 
of  which  worked  for  their  living.  Or  let  them  try  to 
explain  the  instances  of  spiders,  insects,  etc.,  which 
after  egg-laying  practise  instinctive  arts  for  the  defence 
of  their  brood,  standing  over  the  eggs,  carrying  them 
about,  blocking  the  entrance  of  the  burrow,  etc.  May 
we  not  say  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  acts  of  a  parent 
to  influence  the  congenital  instincts  of  offspring  which 
have  already  lost  connection  with  the  mother  ?  But 
surely  a  theory  of  instinct  breaks  down  which  fails  to 
account  for  the  expedients  by  which  the  worker-bee, 
the  worker-ant,  and  the  spider  provide  for  the  safety 
of  the  unhatched  brood  or  for  the  welfare  of  the 
community. 

Darwin's  Origin  of  Species  threw  a  new  light  upon 

F  2 


76  PERIOD  III. 


instinct  by  showing  that  natural  selection  can  operate 
on  the  subtlest  modifications.  It  can  discriminate 
shades  of  hardiness  to  climate,  shades  of  intellectual 
acuteness,  or  shades  of  courage.  It  can  intensify 
qualities  which  appear  only  in  adults  past  bearing  or 
in  individuals  congenitally  incapable  of  propagation. 
Human  selection,  though  a  blunt  tool  in  comparison 
with  natural  selection,  can  originate  a  bold  and  hardy 
race  of  dogs,  or  showy  double  flowers  incapable  of  pro- 
ducing seed.  In  the  second  case  fertile  single  flowers 
continue  the  race,  as  in  the  garden  Stock.  Darwin 
pointed  out  that  the  barren  double  flowers  of  the  Stock 
answer  to  the  workers  of  social  bees  and  ants,  the 
fertile  single  flowers  to  the  functional  males  and  females. 
Every  modification  that  works  to  the  advantage  or  dis- 
advantage of  the  race,  whether  we  classify  it  as  physical, 
intellectual,  or  moral,  gives  scope  for  the  operation  of 
natural  selection. 

The  comparative  psychology  of  small  invertebrates, 
such  as  insects,  is  impeded  by  our  imperfect  knowledge 
of  their  nervous  physiology.  Introspection  is  here 
impossible;  experimental  physiology  and  pathology, 
which  have  done  so  much  for  the  psychology  of  the 
higher  vertebrates,  almost  impossible  ;  analogy  is  a 
treacherous  guide  where  the  structures  involved  differ 
conspicuously.  We  have  little  to  guide  us  in  the 
psychology  of  insects  except  their  behaviour,  and  that 
is  often  capable  of  a  variety  of  interpretations.  The 
only  course  is  to  adopt  Pasteur's  watchword,  "Travail- 
Ions  ! " — the  difficulties  will  diminish  with  time  and 
labour. 

The  Food  of  Green  Plants. 

Common  observation  taught  men  in  very  early  times 
that  green  plants  draw  nourishment  from  the  soil,  and 


THE  FOOD  OF  GREEN  PLANTS  77 

that  sunlight  is  necessary  to  their  health.      In  the  age 
of    Galileo    a    Belgian    physician    and    chemist,    Van 
Helmont,  endeavoured  to  pursue  the  subject  by  experi- 
ment.     He  planted  the  stem  of  a  live  willow  in  furnace- 
dried  earth,  which  was  enclosed   in  an   earthen  vessel. 
Rain-water  or  distilled  water  was  supplied  when  neces- 
sary, and  dust  excluded  by  a  perforated  lid.     The  loss 
of  weight  due  to  the  falling-off  of  leaves  was  neglected. 
In  the  course  of  five  years  the  tree  was  found  to  have 
increased  to  more  than  thirty  times  its  original  weight ; 
Van  Helmont  concluded  that  this  increase  was  due  to 
water  only.      Malpighi  (1671),  being  guided  mainly  by 
his  microscopic  studies  of  the  anatomy  of  the  stem  and 
leaf,  taught  that  moisture  absorbed  by  the  roots  ascends 
by  the  wood,  becoming  (apparently  at  the  same  time) 
aerated    by  the    large,    air-conducting  vessels  ;  that  it 
enters  the  leaves,  and  is  there   elaborated  by  evapora- 
tion,  the  action  of  the    sun's  rays,  and  a  process    of 
fermentation  ;  lastly,   that   the    elaborated   sap   passes 
from  the  leaves  in  all  directions  towards  the  growing 
parts.     It  will  be  seen   that  this    explanation,  though 
incomplete,  makes  a  fair  approximation  to  the  beliefs 
now    held ;    for    more    than    a    hundred    years    after 
Malpighi's  day  less  instructed  opinions  were  commonly 
held.     Hales   (1727)   recognised  that  green   plants  are 
largely  nourished  at   the  expense  of  the  atmosphere  ; 
he  dwelt  also  on  the  action   of  the  leaves  in  drawing 
water  from  the   soil,    and    in    discharging    superfluous 
moisture  by  evaporation. 

Joseph  Priestley,  who  had  been  proving  that  air  is 
necessary  both  to  combustion  and  respiration,  made  an 
experiment  in  1771  to  discover  whether  plants  affected 
air  in  the  same  way  that  animals  do.  He  put  a  sprig  of 
mint  into  a  vessel  filled  with  air  in  which  a  candle  had 


78  PERIOD  III. 


burned  out,  and  after  ten  days  found  that  a  candle  would 
now  burn  perfectly  well  in  the  same  air.  Air  kept  with- 
out a  plant,  in  a  glass  vessel  immersed  in  water,  did  not 
regain  its  power  of  supporting  combustion.  Balm, 
groundsel,  and  spinach  were  found  to  answer  just  as 
well  as  mint.  Air  vitiated  by  the  respiration  of  mice 
was  restored  by  green  plants  as  readily  as  air  which 
had  been  vitiated  by  combustion. 

Priestley  did  not  remark  that  the  glass  vessels 
employed  in  his  experiments  had  been  set  in  a  window, 
and  inattention  to  this  point  caused  some  of  his 
attempts  to  repeat  the  experiment  to  fail.  He  was 
further  perplexed  by  using  vessels  which  had  become 
coated  with  a  film  of  "green  matter,"  probably 
Euglaena.  Such  vessels  restored  vitiated  air,  though 
no  leaves  were  present,  and  when  placed  in  the  sun, 
gave  off  considerable  quantities  of  a  gas,  Priestley's 
" dephlogisticated  air"  (oxygen).  Hardly  any  oxygen 
was  given  off  when  the  green  matter  was  screened  by 
brown  paper.  Water  impregnated  with  carbonic  acid 
was  found  to  favour  the  production  of  the  green  matter. 
To  us,  who  have  been  taught  at  school  something  about 
the  properties  of  green  plant-tissues,  it  seems  obvious 
that  Priestley  ought  to  have  ascertained  by  microscopic 
examination  whether  his  "  green  matter "  was  not  a 
living  plant.  But  he  had  always  avoided  the  use  of 
the  microscope,  his  eyes  being  weak,  and  after  some 
imperfect  attempts  in  this  way  he  made  up  his  mind 
that  the  green  matter  was  neither  animal  nor  vegetable, 
but  a  thing  sui generis.  Neglecting  his  most  instructive 
experiments,  and  not  waiting  till  he  could  devise  new 
ones,  or  even  disentangle  his  thoughts,  he  sent  to  the 
press  a  confused  explanation,  which  seemed  to  teach 
that  vitiated  air  may  be  restored  by  sunlight  alone. 


THE  FOOD  OF  GREEN  PLANTS  79 

A  Dutch  physician,  named  John  Ingenhousz,  who  was 
then  living-  in  England,  read  Priestley's  narrative  and 
began  to  investigate  on  his  own  account.  Without 
detailing  his  numerous  experiments,  we  may  give  his 
own  clear  summary  (condensed).  "  I  observed,"  Ingen- 
housz  says,  "  that  plants  have  a  faculty  to  correct  bad 
air  in  a  few  hours  ;  that  this  wonderful  operation  is  due 
to  the  light  of  the  sun  ;  that  it  is  more  or  less  brisk 
according1  to  the  brightness  of  the  light ;  that  only  the 
green  parts  of  the  plant  can  effect  the  change  ;  that 
leaves  pour  out  the  greatest  quantity  of  oxygen  from 
their  under  surfaces  ;  that  the  sun  by  itself  has  no 
power  to  change  the  composition  of  air."  It  will  be 
seen  that  Priestley  started  the  inquiry,  devised  and 
executed  the  most  necessary  experiments,  and  got 
excellent  results.  Then  he  lost  his  way,  and  bewil- 
dered by  conflicting  observations,  which  he  was  too 
impatient  to  reconcile,  published  a  barren  and  mis- 
leading conclusion.  Nothing  was  left  for  him  but  to 
acknowledge  that  Ingenhousz  had  cleared  up  all  his 
perplexities. 

Nicholas  Theodore  de  Saussure,  son  of  the  Alpine 
explorer,  showed  in  1804  that  when  carbon  is  separated 
from  the  carbonic  acid  of  the  air  by  green  plants,  the 
elements  of  water  are  also  assimilated,  a  result  which 
owes  its  importance  to  the  fact  that  starch  is  a  combina- 
tion of  carbon  with  the  elements  of  water.  Saussure 
also  proved  that  salts  derived  from  the  soil  are  essential 
ingredients  of  plant-food,  and  that  green  plants  are 
unable  to  fix  the  free  nitrogen  of  the  air  ;  all  the  nitrogen 
\vhich  they  require  is  obtained  from  the  ground. 

We  are  unable  to  follow  the  history  further.  Though 
the  main  facts  were  established  as  early  as  the  begin- 
ning of  the  nineteenth  century,  experimental  results  of 


So  PERIOD  III. 


scientific   and   practical  interest  have  never  ceased  to 
accumulate  down  to  the  present  time. 

The  Metamorphoses  of  Plants. 

Speculations  concerning  the  nature  of  the  flower 
roused  at  one  time  an  interest  far  beyond  that  felt  in. 
most  botanical  questions.  The  literary  eminence  ot 
Goethe,  who  took  a  leading-  part  in  the  discussion,, 
heightened  the  excitement,  and  to  this  day  often 
prompts  the  inquiry  :  What  does  modern  science  think 
of  the  Metamorphoses  of  Plants? 

•  Let  us  first  briefly  notice  some  anticipations  of 
Goethe's  famous  essay.  In  the  last  years  of  the  six- 
teenth century  Cesalpini,  taking  a  hint  from  Aristotle,, 
tried  to  establish  a  relation  between  certain  parts  of  the 
flower  and  the  component  layers  of  the  stem.  Linnaeus- 
worked  out  the  same  notion  more  elaborately,  and  with 
a  confidence  which  sought  little  aid  from  evidence.  His 
wonderful  theory  of  Prolepsis  (Anticipation)  need  not  be 
described,  far  less  discussed,  here.  He  also  borrowed 
and  adapted  an  analogy  which  had  been  thrown  out  by 
Swammerdam.  The  bark  of  a  tree,  which  according  to- 
the  theory  of  Prolepsis  gives  rise  to  the  calyx  of  the 
flower,  he  compared  to  the  skin  of  a  caterpillar,  the 
expansion  of  the  calyx  to  the  casting  of  the  skin,  and 
the  act  of  flowering  to  the  metamorphosis  by  which  the 
caterpillar  is  converted  into  a  moth  or  butterfly.  More 
rational  than  the  speculations  just  cited,  and  more 
suggestive  to  the  morphologists  of  the  future,  are  his 
words :  "  Principium  florum  et  foliorum  idem  est " 
(Flower  and  leaf  have  a  common  origin) — which  was 
not,  however,  a  very  novel  remark  in  the  eighteenth 
century.  Long  before  Linnaeus  early  botanists  had 
remarked  the  resemblance  of  sepals,  petals,  and  seed- 


THE  METAMORPHOSES  OF  PLANTS  Si 

leaves  to  foliage-leaves  ;  Cesalpini  has  a  common  name 
for  all  (folium). 

At  the  very  time  when  Linnaeus  was  occupied  with 
his  fanciful  analogies,  a  young  student  of  medicine 
named  Caspar  Friedrich  Wolff,  who  was  destined  to 
become  a  biologist  of  great  note,  published  a  thesis 
which  he  called  Theoria  Generationis  (Halle,  1759). 
This  thesis  marks  an  epoch  in  the  history  of  animal! 
embryology,  but  what  concerns  us  here  is  that  Wolff 
examined  the  growing  shoot,  and  there  studied  the 
development  of  leaf  and  flower.  He  found  that  in  early 
stages  foliage-leaves  and  floral-leaves  may  be  much 
alike,  and  thought  that  he  could  trace  both  to  a  soft  or 
even  fluid  substance,  which  is  afterwards  converted  into 
a  mass  of  cells.  It  seemed  to  him  possible  to  resolve 
the  flowering  shoot  into  stem  and  leaves  only.  Wolff's 
thesis,  or  at  least  that  part  of  it  which  dealt  with  the 
plant,  was  little  read  and  soon  forgotten  ;  his  studies 
of  the  development  of  animals  were  carried  further  and 
became  famous. 

Goethe  in  1790  revived  Wolff's  theory  of  the  flower, 
without  suspicion  that  he  had  been  anticipated.  It  is 
only  our  ignorance,  he  said,  when  the  fact  came  to  his 
knowledge,  that  ever  deludes  us  into  believing  that  we 
have  put  forth  an  original  view.  As  soon  as  he  realised 
the  true  state  of  the  case,  he  spared  no  pains  to  do- 
Wolff  full  justice. 

The  aim  of  Goethe's  Metamorphoses  of  Plants  was  to 
determine  the  Idea  or  theoretical  conception  of  the  plant, 
and  also  to  trace  the  modifications  which  the  Idea 
undergoes  in  nature.  These  two  inquiries  constituted 
what  he  called  the  Morphology  of  the  plant,  a  useful, 
nay,  indispensable  term,  which  is  still  in  daily  use.  He 
thought  that  he  could  discover  in  the  endless  variety  of 


S2  PERIOD  III. 


the  organs  of  the  flowering-  plant  one  structure  repeated 
ag-ain  and  again,  which  gradually  attained,  as  by  the 
steps  of  a  ladder,  what  he  called  the  crowning  purpose 
of  nature — viz.,  the  sexual  propagation  of  the  race. 
This  fundamental  structure  was  the  leaf.  The  proposi- 
tion that  all  the  parts  of  the  flower  are  modifications  of 
the  leaf  he  defended  by  three  main  arguments — viz., 
(i)  the  structural  similarity  of  seed-leaves,  foliage- 
leaves,  bracts,  and  floral  organs  ;  (2)  the  existence  of 
transitions  between  leaves  of  different  kinds ;  and 
(3)  the  occasional  retrogression,  as  he  called  it,  of 
specially  modified  parts  to  a  more  primitive  condition. 
These  lines  of  argument  were  illustrated  by  many  well- 
chosen  examples,  the  result  of  long  and  patient  obser- 
vation. Goethe  did  not,  however,  fortify  his  position  by 
the  likeness  of  developing  floral  organs  to  developing 
foliage-leaves,  which  had  been  Wolff's  starting-point. 
He  arrived  independently  at  Wolff's  opinion  that  the 
conversion  of  foliage-leaves  into  floral  organs  is  due  to 
diminished  nutrition. 

Linnaeus's  exposition  of  the  nature  of  the  flower  had 
been  read  attentively  by  Goethe,  who  must  have 
remarked  that  the  conversion  of  organs  to  new  uses  was 
there  described  as  a  metamorphosis.  That  word  had 
been,  long  before  the  time  of  Linnaeus,  appropriated  to 
a  particular  kind  of  change — viz.,  an  apparently  sudden 
change  occurring-  in  the  life-history  of  one  and  the  same 
animal.  It  was  therefore  unlucky  that  Goethe  should 
have  been  led  by  the  example  of  Linnaeus  to  employ  the 
word  in  the  general  sense  of  adaptation  to  new  purposes. 
He  did  not,  however,  expressly  compare  flower-pro- 
duction with  the  transformation  of  an  insect,  as  Linnaeus 
had  done. 

The  reception  of  Goethe's  Metamorphosen  der  Pflanzen 


THE  METAMORPHOSES  OF  PLANTS  83 

was  at  first  cold,  but  the  doctrine  which  it  enforced 
gradually  won  the  attention  of  botanists,  and  by  1830 
he  was  able  to  show  that  it  had  been  accepted  by  many 
good  judges. 

Then  came  the  discoveries  of  Hofmeister,  followed  by 
Darwin's  Origin  of  Species.  Naturalists  soon  ceased 
to  put  the  old  questions,  and  the  old  answers  did  not 
satisfy  them.  Wolff  and  Goethe  had  generalised  the 
flowering  plant  until  it  became  a  series  of  leaf-bearing 
nodes  alternating  with  internodes,  but  no  such  abstract 
conception  could  throw  light  upon  the  common  ancestor 
of  all  the  flowering  plants,  nor  upon  the  stages  by  which 
the  flowering  plant  has  been  evolved,  and  it  was  these 
which  were  now  sought.  Hofmeister  brought  to  light 
a  fundamental  identity  of  structure  in  the  reproductive 
organs  of  the  flowering  plants  and  the  higher  cryptogams. 
There  has  since  been  no  doubt  in  what  group  of  plants 
we  must  seek  the  ancestor  of  the  flowering  plant.  It 
must  have  been  a  cryptogam,  not  far  removed  from  the 
ferns,  and  furnished  with  sporophylls — i.e.,  leaf-like 
scales,  on  which  probably  two  kinds  of  sporangia,  lodging 
male  and  female  spores  respectively,  were  borne.  The 
careful  investigation  of  the  fossil  plants  of  the  coal 
measures  has  brought  us  still  nearer  to  the  actual  pro- 
genitor. Oliver  and  Scott1  have  pointed  out  that  the  car- 
boniferous Lyginodendron,  though  showing  unmistak- 
able affinity  with  the  ferns,  bore  true  seeds,  as  a  pine  or 
a  cycad  does.  Many  other  plants  of  the  coal  measures 
are  known  to  have  combined  characteristics  of  ferns 
with  those  of  cycads,  while  some  of  them,  like  Lygino- 
dendron, crossed  the  frontier,  and  became,  though  not 
yet  flowering  plants,  at  least  seed-bearers. 

The  discovery  of  a  fossil  plant  which  makes  so  near 
1  Phil.  Trans.,  1904. 


84  PERIOD  III. 


an  approach  to  the  cryptogamic  ancestor  of  all  the 
flowering  plants  may  remind  us  how  little  likely  it  was 
that  the  ideal  plant  of  Wolff  and  Goethe,  consisting-  of 
leaves,  stem,  and  other  vegetative  organs,  but  without 
true  reproductive  org-ans,  should  fully  represent  the  type 
from  which  the  flowering-  plants  sprang-.  No  plant  so 
complex  as  a  fern  could  maintain  itself  indefinitely 
without  provision  for  the  fertilisation  of  the  ovum  ;  the 
only  known  asexual  plants  are  of  low  grade,  and,  it 
may  be,  insufficiently  understood. 

What  substratum  of  plain  truth  underlies  the  doctrine 
of  the  metamorphoses  of  plants?  Botanists  would 
agree  that  all  sporophylls,  however  modified,  are  homo- 
log-ous  or  answerable  parts.  Carpels  and  stamens  are 
no  doubt  modified  sporophylls.  Petals  are  sometimes, 
perhaps  always,  modified  stamens,  and  therefore  modified 
sporophylls  also.  We  must  not  call  a  sporophyll  a  leaf, 
for  it  contains  a  sporangium  of  independent  origin,  and 
the  sporangium  is  the  more  essential  of  the  two.  The 
common  origin  of  foliage-leaf,  bract,  perianth  leaf, 
sporophyll  (apart  from  the  sporangium),  and  seed-leaf 
is  unshaken.  We  may  picture  to  ourselves  a  plant 
clothed  with  nearly  similar  leaves,  some  of  which  either 
bear  sporangia  or  else  lodge  sporangia  in  their  axils. 
Part  of  such  a  primitive  flowering  plant  might  retain 
its  vegetative  function  and  become  a  leafy  shoot,  while 
another  part,  bearing  crowded  sporophylls,  might  yield 
male,  female,  or  mixed  cones.  From  an  ancestor  thus 
organised  any  flowering  plant  might  be  derived.  But 
the  chief  wonder  of  the  theory  of  Metamorphoses — viz., 
the  derivation  of  stamen  and  pistil  from  mere  foliage- 
leaves — disappears.  Anther  and  ovule  take  their  real 
origin  from  the  sporangium,  whose  supporting  leaf  is 
only  an  accessory. 


EARLY  NOTIONS  ABOUT  THE  LOWER  PLANTS     85 

The  chief  steps  by  which  the  morphology  of  the 
flowering-  plant  has  been  attained  are  these  : — Cesalpini 
(1583),  followed  by  several  other  early  botanists,  recog- 
nised the  fundamental  identity  of  foliage-leaf,  perianth- 
leaf,  and  seed-leaf.  Linnaeus  (1759)  added  stamen  and 
carpel  to  the  list,  identifications  of  greater  interest,  but 
only  partially  defensible.  Wolff  (1759)  justified  by 
similarity  of  development  the  recognition  of  floral  organs 
as  leaves.  Goethe  (1790)  traced  structural  similarity, 
transitions,  and  retrogression  in  leaves  of  diverse 
function.  Hofmeister  (1849-57)  showed  a  relationship 
between  the  flowering  plant  and  the  higher  cryptogams. 
Oliver  and  Scott  (1904),  inheriting  the  results  of 
Williamson's  work,  discovered  a  carboniferous  seed- 
bearing  plant,  one  of  a  large  group  intermediate  between 
ferns  and  cycads.  It  is  now  possible  to  explain  the 
resemblance  of  the  various  leaf-like  appendages  of  the 
flowering  plant  by  derivation  either  from  the  leaves  or 
the  sporophylls  (the  latter  not  being  wholly  leaves)  of 
some  extinct  cryptogam,  which  was  either  a  fern  or  a 
near  ally  of  the  ferns. 

Early  Notions  about  the  Lower  Plants. 

The  fathers  of  botany  neglected  everything  else  in 
order  to  concentrate  their  attention  upon  the  flowering 
plants,  from  which  very  nearly  all  useful  vegetable  pro- 
ducts were  derived.  The  lack  of  adequate  microscopes 
rendered  it  almost  impossible  to  investigate  the  structure 
and  life-history  of  ferns,  mosses,  fungi,  and  algae  until 
the  nineteenth  century.  As  late  as  the  time  of  Linnaeus 
it  was  possible  to  maintain  that  they  developed  spon- 
taneously, though  the  great  naturalist  himself  called 
them  Cryptogamia,  thereby  expressing  his  conviction 
that  they  reproduce  their  kind  like  other  plants,  but  in 


86  PERIOD  III. 


a  way  so  far  not  understood.  Gaertner,  a  contem- 
porary of  Linnaeus,  pointed  out  one  important  respect 
in  which  the  spores  of  cryptogams  differ  from  the  seeds 
of  flowering  plants,  viz.  that  they  contain  no  embryo. 

Ferns. — Even  before  the  age  of  Linnaeus  it  was  known 
that  little  ferns  spring  up  around  the  old  ones,  and  that 
a  fine  dust  can  be  shaken  from  the  brown  patches  on 
the  back  of  ripe  fern-leaves.  The  dust  was  reputed  to 
be  the  seed  of  the  fern,  and  in  an  age  which  believed  in 
magic  the  invisibility  of  fern-seed  made  it  easy  to  suppose 
that  the  possessor  of  fern-seed  would  become  invisible 
also.  When  the  microscope  began  to  be  applied  to 
minute  natural  objects,  the  brown  patches  of  the  fern- 
leaf  were  closely  examined.  William  Cole  of  Bristol 
(1669),  Malpighi,  Grew,  Swammerdam,  Leeuwenhoek, 
and  others,  found  the  stalked  capsules  (sporangia),  their 
elastic  ring  and  the  minute  bodies  (spores)  lodged  within 
them  ;  it  seemed  obvious  to  call  the  capsules  ovaries  and 
the  spores  seeds.  Some  time  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
seventeenth  century  Robert  Morison,  professor  of  botany 
at  Oxford,  who  died  in  1683,  sowed  spores  of  the 
harts-tongue  fern,  and  next  year  got  an  abundant  crop 
of  prothalli,  which  he  took  to  be  the  cotyledons.  A  little 
later,  when  it  had  been  proved  that  flowering  plants 
possess  male  and  female  organs,  diligent  search  was 
made  for  the  stamens  and  pistils  of  ferns  and  mosses, 
which  of  course  could  not  be  found,  though  identifica- 
tions, sometimes  based  upon  a  real  analogy,  were  con- 
tinually announced.  Late  in  the  eighteenth  century  one 
John  Lindsay,  a  surgeon  in  Jamaica,  who  was  blest  with 
leisure  and  a  good  microscope,  repeated  the  experiment 
of  Morison,  which  seems  to  have  been  almost  forgotten. 
Having  remarked  that  after  the  rains  young  ferns  sprang 
up  in  shady  places  where  the  earth  had  been  disturbed* 


EARLY  NOTIONS  ABOUT  THE  LOWER  PLANTS     87 

it  occurred  to  him  to  mix  the  fine  brown  dust  from  the 
back  of  a  fern-leaf  with  mould,  sow  the  mixture  in  a 
flower-pot,  and  watch  daily  to  see  what  might  come  up. 
About  the  twelfth  day  small  green  protrusions  were 
observed,  which  enlarged,  sent  down  roots,  and  formed 
bilobed  scales,  out  of  which  young  ferns  ultimately  grew. 
In  1789  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  who  was  reputed  to  be  the 
best  English  botanist  of  the  day,  asked  Lindsay's  help 
in  sending  West-  Indian  ferns  to  Europe.  Lindsay 
replied  that  it  would  be  easier  to  send  the  seed,  and 
that  the  seed  would  grow  if  properly  planted.  This  was 
new  to  Banks,  who  demanded  further  information. 
Lindsay  then  prepared  a  short  illustrated  paper,  which 
Banks  communicated  to  the  newly  formed  Linnean 
Society.  It  will  be  seen  that  Lindsay  was  able  to  add 
nothing  of  much  importance  to  what  Morison  had 
ascertained  a  century  before.  The  spores  were  still 
identified  with  seeds,  the  prothallus  was  still  a  coty- 
ledon, and  for  years  to  come  botanists  continued  to 
seek  anthers  on  fern-leaves.  At  this  point  we  suspend 
for  a  time  the  history  of  the  discovery  (see  below,  p.  108). 
Mosses. — Linnaeus  observed  that  the  large  moorland 
hair-moss  (Polytrichum)  is  of  two  forms,  only  one  of 
which  bears  capsules,  and  further  that  in  dry  weather 
the  capsules  emit  masses  of  fine  dust.  No  further 
progress  was  made  until  1782,  when  Hedwig,  in  a 
memoir  of  real  merit,  described  the  antheridium  and 
archegonium  of  the  moss,  and  traced  the  capsule  to- 
the  archegonium.  Interpreting  the  organs  of  the  moss 
by  those  of  the  flowering  plant,  he  called  the  antheridia 
anthers,  the  capsule  was  a  seed-vessel,  the  spores  were 
seeds,  and  the  green  filament  emitted  by  the  germinat- 
ing spore  a  cotyledon.  Such  misinterpretations  were 
then  inevitable. 


SS  PERIOD  III. 


Fungi. — Micheli  in  1729  found  the  spores  of  several 
fungi,  germinated  them,  and  figured  the  product.  The 
figures  show  the  much-branched  filament  (mycelium) 
which  burrows  in  the  soil  and  constitutes  the  vegetative 
part  of  the  fungus,  and  also  here  and  there  a  pileus 
{mushroom,  toadstool,  &c.),  which  is  the  fructification 
springing  out  of  the  mycelium.  His  account  comprises 
the  best  part  of  what  is  known  down  to  the  present 
time  of  the  reproduction  of  that  group  of  fungi  to  which 
the  mushroom  belongs. 

Algae. — Some  early  observers  (Reaumur  among  the 
rest)  studied  the  enlarged  and  fleshy  branches  of  brown 
seaweeds,  and  discovered  the  seed-like  spores. 

This  scanty  knowledge  of  the  life-history  of  cryp- 
togams sufficed  until  the  nineteenth  century,  when  the 
study  was  resumed  with  better  microscopes  and  in  a 
far  more  connected  way,  with  results  of  the  highest 
interest  and  importance  (see  below,  p.  108). 


PERIOD  IV. 
1790-1858 

Characteristics  of  the  Period. 

THE  first  French  republic  and  the  first  French  empire 
were  associated  with  a  great  outburst  of  scientific 
energy.  French  mathematics,  astronomy,  and  physics 
were  pre-eminent.  England  suffered  from  isolation 
during  the  continental  war,  but  Davy,  Young,  the 
Herschels,  Watt  (now  past  his  prime),  Dalton,  and 
William  Smith  supported  the  scientific  reputation  of 
their  country.  In  Germany  this  was  the  age  of  Goethe 
and  Schiller  ;  Alexander  von  Humboldt  was  prominent 
among  the  scientific  men  of  Prussia.  The  forty  years' 
peace,  during  which  reaction  prevailed  in  many  parts 
of  Europe,  was  in  England  and  America  a  time  of 
steady  growth  and  progress. 

Sprengel  and  the  Fertilisation  of  Flowers. 

Conrad  Sprengel,  an  unsuccessful  schoolmaster  who 
lived  in  a  Berlin  attic  and  got  his  bread  by  teaching 
languages  or  whatever  else  his  pupils  wished  to  learn, 
wrote  a  book  which  marks  an  epoch  in  the  study  of 
adaptations.  This  was  his  Secret  of  Nature  Discovered, 
which  appeared  in  1793.  Half  a  century  passed  before 
its  merit  was  recognised  by  any  influential  naturalist  ; 
even  then  the  recognition  was  private,  and  never 
reached  the  author,  who  had  died  long  before.  There 
was  no  striking  of  medals,  no  jubilee-celebration, 

89 


90  PERIOD  IV. 


nothing1  more  than  this,  that  Robert  Brown  recom- 
mended the  book  to  Charles  Darwin,  who  found  in  it, 
as  he  says,  "an  immense  body  of  truth." 

In  1787  Sprengel  had  remarked  that  the  bases  of  the 
petals  of  Geranium  silvaticum  are  beset  with  long-  hairs. 
Persuaded  that  no  natural  structure  can  be  devoid  of 
meaning,  Sprengel  asked  what  purpose  these  hairs 
might  serve.  A  honey-gland  in  their  midst  suggested 
that  they  might  protect  the  honey  by  keeping  off  the  rain, 
which  easily  enters  this  shallow  flower.  Other  honey- 
secreting  flowers  were  found  to  possess  mechanisms 
adapted  to  the  same  end.  His  first  question  suggested 
a  second  :  Why  should  flowers  secrete  honey? 

Malpighi  had  described  the  honey-glands  of  crown- 
imperial  (1672),  and  had  seen  that  the  honey  must  be 
secreted  by  the  petals,  and  not  deposited  from  the 
atmosphere,  according  to  the  notion  then  current. 
Kolreuter  (1761)  had  showed  that  insects  may  effect 
the  pollination  of  flowers.  Linnaeus  (1762)  had  given 
the  name  of  nectary  to  the  honey-gland.  He  thought 
that  the  honey  served  to  moisten  the  ovary,  though  he 
knew  of  staminate  flowers  furnished  with  nectaries. 
He  also  threw  out  the  alternative  conjecture  that  the 
honey  is  food  for  insects,  which  disperse  the  pollen  by 
their  wings.  Sprengel  improved  upon  all  his  prede- 
cessors, and  made  it  clear  that  transference  of  pollen  is 
the  main  purpose  of  the  honey  in  flowers.  He  was  put 
on  the  right  track  by  the  study  of  a  forget-me-not 
flower.  Here  he  found  the  honey  protected  from  rain 
by  the  narrowness  of  the  corolla-tube,  whose  entrance 
was  almost  closed  by  internal  protuberances.  The 
protuberances  were  distinguished  by  their  yellow  colour 
from  the  sky-blue  corolla,  and  this  conspicuous  coloura- 
tion led  Sprengel  to  infer  that  insects  might  be  thereby 


SPRENGEL  AND  FERTILISATION  OF  FLOWERS    91 

induced  to  seek  for  the  store  of  honey  within.  He 
tested  his  conjecture  by  examining  other  honey-bearing 
flowers,  and  soon  collected  many  instances  of  spots, 
lines,  folds,  and  ridges,  which  might  not  only  make 
insects  aware  of  hidden  stores  of  honey,  but  guide  them 
to  the  exact  place.  Contrivances  of  the  most  diverse 
kinds,  but  all  tending  to  invite  the  visits  of  insects  and 
utilise  them  for  the  benefit  of  the  plant,  rewarded 
Sprengel's  continued  inquiries.  He  found  that  night- 
flowering  plants,  which  could  derive  no  advantage 
from  coloured  patterns,  often  have  large  white  corollas, 
easily  discerned  in  a  faint  light,  and  that  these  flowers 
give  out  an  odour  attractive  to  nocturnal  insects.  He 
found  that  the  pollen-masses  of  an  orchis  are  actually 
removed  by  large  insects,  though  here  no  honey  could 
be  detected  in  the  flower.  Sprengel's  fertility  in 
probable  conjecture  is  shown  by  his  explanation  of  this 
puzzling  case  ;  he  suggested  that  the  orchis  is  a  sham 
honey-bearer  (Scheinsaftblume),  which  attracts  insects 
by  assuming  the  conspicuous  size  and  coloration  found 
in  most  honied  flowers.  Darwin  suspected,  and 
Herman  Miiller  proved,  that  though  the  spur  of  the 
orchis-flower  is  empty,  it  yields  when  pierced  a  fluid 
attractive  to  bees  and  other  insects.  Sprengel  dis- 
covered too  how  insects  get  imprisoned  in  the  corolla 
of  an  Aristolochia,  whose  reflexed  hairs  allow  small 
flies  to  creep  in,  but  effectually  prevent  their  escape 
until  they  have  fertilised  the  pistils,  when  the  hairs 
relax.  These  are  only  specimens  of  a  multitude  of 
adaptations  which  fill  the  book. 

Sprengel  insists  upon  the  study  of  flowers  under 
natural  conditions  ;  he  could  never  have  made  out  by 
the  examination  of  plucked  flowers  how  Nigella  is 
fertilised.  Flies  with  attached  pollen-masses,  which  he 

G  2 


92  PERIOD  IV. 


found  in  spiders'  nests,  gave  him  the  hint  as  to  the  way 
in  which  the  fertilisation  of  orchids  is  effected.  Definite 
questions  must  be  put  if  observation  is  to  be  profitable. 
What  is  the  use  of  honey  to  the  plant — of  this  coloured 
spot — of  these  hairs  ?  He  notes  the  peculiarities  of 
wind-fertilised  and  insect-fertilised  flowers,  the  relative 
abundance  of  the  pollen,  the  form  of  the  stigma,  the 
presence  or  absence  of  honey,  the  size,  colour,  and 
scent  of  the  corolla.  Here  is  a  pretty  illustration  from 
his  pages.  Pluck  a  branch  of  hazel,  aspen,  or  alder, 
with  unexpanded  catkins,  and  also  one  from  the  male 
sallow  ;  place  them  in  water,  and  keep  them  in  a  sunny 
window  until  the  anthers  are  ripe.  A  vigorous  puff 
will  then  discharge  a  cloud  of  pollen  from  the  wind- 
fertilised  catkins,  but  none  from  the  insect-fertilised 
catkin  of  the  sallow.  What  Linnaeus  said  about  the 
flowers  of  trees  appearing  before  the  leaves,  in  order 
that  the  pollen  may  more  easily  reach  the  stigmas, 
holds  good,  Sprengel  remarks,  only  of  wind-fertilised 
trees.  The  lime,  which  is  insect-fertilised,  flowers  in 
the  height  of  summer,  when  all  the  branches  are 
crowded  with  leaves. 

Sprengel  left  it  to  later  biologists  to  complete  his 
discovery.  "  That  wonderfully  accurate  observer, 
Sprengel,"  says  Darwin,1  "who  first  showed  how  im- 
portant a  part  insects  play  in  the  fertilisation  of  flowers, 
called  his  book  The  Secret  of  Nature  Displayed;  yet  he 
only  occasionally  saw  that  the  object  for  which  so  many 
curious  and  beautiful  adaptations  have  been  acquired, 
was  the  cross-fertilisation  of  distinct  plants  ;  and  he 
knew  nothing  of  the  benefits  which  the  offspring  thus 
receive  in  growth,  vigour,  and  fertility."  Not  even 

1  Cross  and  Self-Fertilisation  of  Plants,  chap.  xi. 


CUVIER  AND  THE  RISE  OF  PALAEONTOLOGY    93 

Darwin    could    exhaust    the    inquiry.     "The    veil    of 
secrecy,"  he  goes  on,  "is  as  yet  far  from  lifted." 

Cuvier  and  the  Rise  of  Palaeontology. 

If  this  historical  sketch  had  been  prepared  within  a 
few  years  of  the  death  of  Cuvier,  it  would  no  doubt 
have  held  him  up  as  the  greatest  of  zoologists  and 
comparative  anatomists.  Nor  would  it  have  been  hard 
to  find  reasons  for  such  a  verdict.  His  Regne  Animal 
extended  and  corrected  the  zoological  system  of 
Linnaeus  ;  his  comparative  anatomy,  and  especially  his 
comparative  osteology,  were  far  ampler  and  more 
exact  than  anything  that  had  been  attempted  before. 
It  would  not  have  been  forgotten,  moreover,  that  he 
was  the  practical  founder  of  the  new  science  of  palaeon- 
tology. 

At  a  later  time,  say  in  the  sixties  and  seventies  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  when  the  Origin  of  Species 
controversy  was  in  full  blast,  any  estimate  of  Cuvier 
by  an  evolutionist  would  have  been  much  less  laudatory. 
Cuvier  had  actively  opposed  that  form  of  evolution 
which  had  been  brought  forward  in  his  day,  and  with 
such  power  as  to  close  the  discussion  for  a  time.  The 
assailants  of  the  Origin  of  Species  found  his  refutation 
of  unity  of  type  and  progressive  development  adaptable 
to  the  new  situation,  and  the  reasoning  which  had 
pulverised  Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire  was  brought  out  again 
in  order  to  pulverise  Darwin.  Then  the  supporters  of 
Darwin  found  it  necessary  to  show  that  Cuvier  was  by 
no  means  infallible.  This  they  were  able  to  do  without 
introducing  matter  foreign  to  the  main  question,  for 
Cuvier's  exposition  of  fixity  of  species,  of  the  principles 
of  classification  and  of  the  process  of  extinction,  were 
entirely  opposed  to  the  beliefs  not  only  of  Darwin,  but 


94  PERIOD  IV. 


of  Lyell  and  the  whole  school  which  stood  out  for 
historical  continuity,  treated  history  of  every  kind  as  a 
process  of  development,  extended  almost  without  limit 
the  duration  of  life  on  the  earth,  and  enforced  the 
obvious  but  neglected  truth  that  results  of  any 
magnitude  whatever  may  proceed  from  small  causes 
operating  through  a  sufficient  length  of  time. 

Darwin's  main  contentions  are  now  accepted  by  the 
scientific  world,  and  Cuvier's  hostility  to  particular 
forms  of  evolution  has  become  a  mere  historical  episode 
of  no  lasting  importance.  Angry  disputes  concerning 
the  weight  of  his  authority  are  at  an  end  ;  he  is  not  to 
be  blamed  because  thirty  years  after  his  death  he  was 
set  up  as  judge  of  a  cause  which  he  had  not  heard. 
We  are  now  ready  to  make  fair  allowance  for  the  time 
in  which  his  lot  was  cast  —  an  age  when  geology, 
embryology,  palaeontology,  and  distribution  were  mere 
infants,  some  of  them  hardly  yet  born.  We  can  also 
admit  without  reserve  the  incompetence  of  certain  of 
Cuvier's  antagonists,  and  justify  the  severity  with  which 
he  treated  unity  of  type  as  stated  and  defended  by 
Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire.  Now  that  the  dust  of  controversy 
has  settled,  we  are  chiefly  concerned  to  inquire  :  What 
of  all  Cuvier's  work  has  proved  to  be  really  permanent? 
His  zoology  and  his  comparative  anatomy  have  had  to 
be  completely  re-cast,  partly  because  of  the  new  light 
thrown  on  them  by  embryology  and  the  doctrine  of 
descent  with  modification.  His  studies  of  extinct 
vertebrates,  however,  called  into  existence  a  new 
science,  the  science  of  Palaeontology,1  and  it  is  mainly 

1  Cuvier  did  not  himself  use  the  word  paleontology,  which  first 
came  in  about  1830.  In  the  same  way  Button  writes  on  the 
history  of  animals,  not  on  zoology,  and  on  the  theory  of  the  earth, 
not  on  geology. 


CUV1ER  AND  THE  RISE  OF  PALAEONTOLOGY    95 

this  which  gives  him  a  lasting  and  honoured  place  in 
the  history  of  biology. 

At  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  it  had  been 
rather  grudgingly  admitted  that  some  few  animals  were 
actually  extinct.  Buffon  was  able  to  quote  as  indu- 
bitable examples  the  mammoth  and  the  mastodon. 
Their  occurrence  in  countries  unknown  to  the  ancients, 
such  as  Siberia  and  North  America,  disposed  of  the 
explanation  long  clung  to  by  the  learned — viz.,  that  their 
bones  were  the  remains  of  elephants  which  had  been 
led  about  by  the  Roman  armies,  while  their  large  size 
and  the  ease  with  which  they  can  be  recognised  rendered 
it  highly  improbable  that  they  still  survived  anywhere 
on  the  surface  of  the  globe. 

It  was  therefore  natural  that  Cuvier's  first  study  in 
palaeontology  should  relate  to  extinct  elephants.  He 
compared  and  distinguished  several  species,  showed 
that  they  were  distinct  from  the  existing  Asiatic  and 
African  species,  a  fact  which  had  escaped  the  notice  of 
Pallas,  and  argued  from  the  well-known  case  of  a 
Siberian  mammoth  preserved  in  ice  and  frozen  mud 
with  hardly  any  decomposition  that  it  must  have  been 
overwhelmed  by  a  sudden  "revolution  of  the  earth." 
Whatever  we  may  think  of  Cuvier's  geology,  his  com- 
parisons of  all  known  elephants,  recent  and  fossil,  intro- 
duced a  new  standard  of  exactness  into  these  inquiries. 
From  this  beginning  he  went  on  to  study  all  the  extinct 
vertebrates  which  he  could  discover  in  public  or  private 
collections.  By  1821  he  had  published  elaborate  and 
well-illustrated  descriptions  of  near  a  hundred  extinct 
animals,  an  extraordinary  output  for  one  investigator. 

The  most  remarkable  of  his  palaeontological  dis- 
coveries were  made  at  home,  in  the  lower  tertiary  rocks 
which  underlie  the  city  of  Paris.  He  proved  that  in 


96  PERIOD  IV. 


the  valley  of  the  Seine  a  large  population  of  animals,  all 
now  extinct,  had  formerly  flourished.  None  of  these 
discoveries  impressed  his  contemporaries  more  than  the 
celebrated  case  of  the  fossil  opossum.  The  bones  were 
imbedded  in  a  slab  of  gypsum,  and  were  at  first  imper- 
fectly exposed.  The  lower  jaw,  however,  exhibited 
a  peculiarity  of  marsupial  or  pouched  animals,  for  its 
angle  had  an  inwardly  projecting  shelf,  not  found  in 
other  quadrupeds.  The  opossums,  like  all  marsupial 
animals,  bear  on  the  front  of  the  pelvis  two  long  bones,, 
which  support  the  pouch.  These  were  as  yet  concealed, 
and  Cuvier  delayed  clearing  them  until  he  had  sum- 
moned friends,  some  of  whom  may  have  been  sceptical 
about  the  possibility  of  reasoning  with  certainty  from 
anatomical  data.  Warning  them  what  to  expect,  he 
removed  with  a  sharp  tool  the  film  of  stone,  and 
revealed  the  long  and  slender  marsupial  bones.1  The 
ancient  existence  of  marsupials  in  France  was  then  a 
striking  and  almost  incredible  fact  ;  increase  of  know- 
ledge has  not  lessened  its  interest,  though  it  has  abated 
some  of  the  wonder. 

The  fossil  ungulates  (hoofed  quadrupeds)  of  the  Paris 
basin  taxed  Cuvier's  patience  and  skill  to  the  utmost. 
In  the  tiresome  work  of  piecing  together  a  multitude 
of  imperfect  skeletons  he  set  an  example  to  all  future 
palaeontologists.  That  he  drew  general  conclusions 
which  we  are  unable  to  accept,  and  failed  to  draw  con- 
clusions which  seem  obvious  to  us,  will  surprise  nobody 
whose  reading  has  taught  him  how  unprepared  were 
the  biologists  of  that  age  to  handle  great  questions 
concerning  the  origin  and  extinction  of  races.  Cuvier 
recognised  among  the  fossils  of  the  Paris  quarries  the 

1  This  anecdote  has  also  been  related  in  a  rather  different 
form. 


CUVIER  AND  THE  RISE  OF  PALEONTOLOGY    97 

bones  of  two  genera  of  ungulates  very  different  from 
any  of  recent  times.  One  resembled  the  rhinoceros, 
tapir,  and  horse  in  being  odd-toed ;  this  he  called 
Palaeotherium.  Another  had  the  hind-foot  even-toed, 
like  a  ruminant,  though  the  fore-foot,  with  which  he 
was  imperfectly  acquainted,  showed  points  of  resem- 
blance to  the  other  group.  How  cautiously  he  did  his 
work  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  he  spent 
fifteen  years  upon  the  collection  of  facts  before  he 
attempted  to  restore  these  extinct  forms,  though  almost 
every  bone  in  their  bodies  had  during  that  time  passed 
through  his  hands. 

The  great  interest  of  these  fossil  ungulates  to  the 
modern  biologist  is  that  they  are  relatively  primitive 
types  of  the  order.  Palaeotherium  is  not  far  from  the 
ideal  common  ancestor  of  the  rhinoceros,  tapir,  and 
horse  ;  Anoplotherium  not  altogether  unlike  the  ideal 
common  ancestor  of  the  hippopotamus,  the  swine,  and 
the  ruminants.  It  has  been  suspected  that  Cuvier  was 
less  obstinately  devoted  to  the  tenet  of  fixity  of  species 
than  he  was  willing  to  admit  in  public.  Whatever  his 
private  leanings  may  have  been,  he  stood  out  resolutely 
for  cogent  proofs  of  transmutation.  When  it  was  con- 
tended that  the  Palaeothere  might  have  been  the  remote 
ancestor  of  existing  ungulates,  he  demanded  that  the 
intermediate  links  should  be  produced.  His  demand 
could  not  be  met  till  many  years  later,  though  inter-' 
mediate  forms  between  the  Palaeothere  and  .the  horse' 
have  since  been  furnished  in  abundance.  Reserve  about 
far-reaching  deductions  was  surely  wise  at  a  time  when 
plausible  speculation  was  rife,  and  we  ought  not  to 
judge  Cuvier  severely  for  having  aspired  to  a  rigour  unat- 
tainable in  a  natural  science,  and  certainly  not  always 
observed  by  himself.  He  hoped  to  see  biology  become 


98  PERIOD  IV. 


as  exact  as  astronomy.  The  hope  may  have  been 
chimerical,  but  emphasis  on  this  side  was  not  altogether 
out  of  place  in  the  generation  of  Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire 
and  Oken. 

If  the  great  master  who  laid  the  foundations  of  palae- 
ontology could  revisit  the  scene  of  his  former  labours, 
he  would  find  that  many  strange  things  had  happened 
since  the  appearance  of  his  Ossemens  Fossiles.  He  would 
perhaps  be  stupefied  at  first  to  discover  how  little  is 
now  made  of  the  Revolutions  of  the  Earth,  the  proofs 
of  which  had  seemed  to  htm  unimpeachable,  while  the 
conjectures  about  the  development  of  new  races,  which 
in  his  own  day  had  been  almost  negligible,  have  proved 
to  be  anticipatory  of  fundamental  biological  truths. 
The  first  shock  over,  one  can  imagine  the  zest  with 
which  he  would  strive  to  combine  the  familiar  facts 
into  a  body  of  new  doctrine.  The  ungulates,  recent 
and  fossil,  would  of  course  interest  him  particularly. 
He  would  recognise  the  gradations  of  structure  which 
run  through  the  whole  order,  branching  and  crossing 
in  all  directions;  gradation  in  the  number  of  the 
toes,  in  the  rearing  of  the  body  more  and  more  upon 
the  toe-tips,  in  the  progressive  complication  of  the  teeth. 
One  chain  of  examples  would  lead  from  the  shallow, 
tuberculate  molar  of  the  pig  to  the  molar  of  the  horse 
or  ruminant,  deep  and  massive,  with  crescentic  enamel- 
folds  ;  another  would  illustrate  the  gradual  development 
of  tusks  from  ordinary  incisors  or  canines ;  a  third 
series  would  show  the  steps  by  which  the  primitive 
ungulate  dentition  became  reduced  to  the  dentition  of 
the  elephant,  with  only  a  single  pair  of  incisors,  enlarged 
into  tusks  several  feet  long,  with  no  canines  but  molars 
of  great  weight,  complicated  by  extreme  folding.  It 
would  surprise  and  delight  him  to  compare  the  almost 


GEORGES  CUVIER. 

From  an  engraved  copy  of  the  portrait  by  Pickersgill. 


ioo  PERIOD  IV. 


insensible  steps  by  which  his  own  Palaeothere  can  be 
seen  to  pass  into  the  modern  horse.  Then  we  can 
imagine  how  our  regenerate  Cuvier  would  draw  nearer 
and  nearer  to  the  common  ancestor  of  the  whole  group, 
a  five-toed,  plantigrade  ungulate,  with  the  full  dentition 
of  forty-four  unspecialised  teeth,  and  how  readily  he 
would  admit  that  Phenacodus,  both  in  its  structure  and 
its  geological  horizon,  was  just  the  common  ancestor 
that  theory  required.  The  proofs  of  intermediate  stages 
between  ancient  and  modern  ungulates  which  he  had 
once  called  for  in  vain,  he  would  now  find  ready  to  his 
hand.  It  might  well  seem  that  the  history  of  the 
ungulates,  with  all  its  modern  expansions,  would  suffice 
to  occupy  even  his  unparalleled  energy.  He  would  see 
with  delight  how  the  palaeontology  which  he  had  been 
the  first  to  treat  as  a  science  has  enlarged  the  compara- 
tive anatomy  of  which  also  he  was  so  great"- a  master. 
He  would  cheerfully  admit  that  both  yield  proofs  of 
that  doctrine  of  descent  with  modification  which  a 
hundred  years  ago  seemed  to  him  so  questionable. 

Chamisso  on  the  Alternation  of  Generations  in  Salpa. 

Trembley  (see  p.  57)  had  shown  that  Hydra,  though 
an  animal,  multiplies  by  budding  like  a  plant.  He  got 
indications,  upon  which  he  did  not  altogether  rely,  that 
it  also  propagated  by  eggs,  and  ten  years  later  (1754) 
this  supposition  was  confirmed  by  Roesel,  who  figured 
the  egg,  though  he  was  unable  to  demonstrate  that  a 
young  Hydra  issues  from  it  ;  subsequent  inquiry  has 
placed  the  fact  beyond  doubt.  In  1819  Chamisso 
announced  that  Salpa,  a  well-known  Tunicate  which 
abounds  at  the  surface  of  the  sea,  exhibits  a  regular 
alternation  of  the  two  modes  of  increase,  the  egg-pro- 
ducing form  being  succeeded  by  a  budding  form,  the 


ALTERNATION  OF  GENERATION^  'IN,  S 


budding  form  by  the  egg-producing  form,  and  so  on 
indefinitely.  Sars  a  few  years  later  showed  that  the 
common  jelly-fish  Aurelia  also  propagates  by  eggs  and 
buds  alternately.  Here  the  familiar  swimming-  disks, 
which  are  of  two  sexes,  produce  eggs  from  which 
locomotive  larva  issue.  The  larva  at  length  settles 
down  and  takes  a  Hydra-like  form.  It  pushes  upwards 
an  ascending  column,  which  divides  transversely  and 
forms  a  pile  of  slices,  each  destined  to  become  a  free, 
sexual  Aurelia.  The  alternation  of  generations  may  be 
regarded  as  resulting  from  the  introduction  of  budding 
into  the  early  stage  of  a  life-history  which  culminates 
in  sexual  reproduction,  much  as  if  a  caterpillar  were  to 
divide  repeatedly  and  form  more  caterpillars,  each  of 
which  ultimately  became  a  moth.  The  case  which  has 
been  given  as  an  illustration  actually  occurs  in  nature. 
A  parasitic  caterpillar,  that  of  Encyrtus,  divides  while 
still  an  embryo,  so  that  one  egg  produces  several 
moths.1  Many  other  cases  of  alternation  have  since 
been  found  among  animals,  and  it  seems  to  be  the  rule 
among  plants. 

Alternation  of  generations  may  be  complicated  by 
association  with  transformation,  by  the  omission  of 
stages  usual  in  the  class,  and  by  budding-out  from  one 
part  instead  of  from  the  whole  body.  In  particular 
cases  the  complication  becomes  so  great  that  biological 
language  breaks  down  under  it.  Such  terms  as 
generation,  individual,  organ,  larva,  adult,  cannot 
always  be  used  consistently  without  either  being 
strained  or  artificially  limited. 


1  The  same  process  of  "  embryonic    fission "  occurs  in  other 
animals  also,  one  of  which  is  a  mammal  (Praopus). 


102  PERIOD  IV. 


Baer  and  the  Development  of  Animals. 

The  curiosity  of  the  ancient  Greeks  led  them  to  look 
for  the  chick  within  the  egg,  and  Aristotle  mentions 
the  beating  of  the  heart  as  a  thing  which  might  be 
observed  in  a  third-day  embryo.  After  the  revival  of 
science  Fabricius  of  Acquapendente  figured  the  chief 
stages  of  development,  from  the  first  visible  rudiments 
to  the  escape  from  the  egg-shell.  Harvey,  the  dis- 
coverer of  the  circulation,  not  only  studied  the  develop- 
ing chick,  but  took  advantage  of  the  rare  opportunity 
of  dissecting  breeding  does  from  the  royal  parks.  His 
treatise  on  Generation  is  unfortunately  impaired  by 
Aristotelian  philosophy,  and  some  of  the  theories  there 
set  forth  gave  much  trouble  to  Swammerdam.  The 
oft-cited  maxim  "  Omne  vivum  ex  ovo  "  does  not  occur 
exactly  in  this  form  in  Harvey's  writings,1  nor  does  it 
fairly  state  his  own  belief.  Those  who  read  his  De 
Generations  will  see  that  his  knowledge  was  insufficient 
to  justify  so  wide  a  generalisation  ;  on  this  head  it  is 
enough  to  mention  that  he  was  persuaded  of  the  pro- 
duction of  insects  without  parents  from  putrefying 
matter.9 

Malpighi  was  the  first  to  apply  the  microscope  to 
the  embryonic  chick.  His  figures  are  surprisingly  full 

1  Linnaeus  (Fund.  Bot.  §  134,  and  Sponsalia  Plantarum)  gives 
it  as  above;  Harvey  has  "Ex  ovo  omnia";  "ovum  esse  primor- 
dium  commune  omnibus  animalibus,"  etc. 

a  Harvey  need  not  have  gone  outside  the  writings  of  Aristotle 
to  get  the  substance  cf  his  generalisation.  He  would  have  found 
there  that  the  chief  task  of  both  plants  and  animals  is  propaga- 
tion, either  by  seeds,  or  eggs,  which  Aristotle  believed  to  be 
equivalent  to  seeds  (Hist,  anim.,  VIII.,  i.;  De  anim.  gen.,  I.,  iv. ; 
I.,  xxiii.).  Aristotle  excepted  the  "imperfect  animals,"  such  as 
insects,  and  the  seedless  plants,  concerning  both  of  which  his 
knowledge  was  misty  and  inaccurate  ;  there  is  no  indication  that 
Harvey  was  better  informed. 


BAER  AND  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  ANIMALS     103 

of  interesting  detail,  and  so  far  in  advance  of  their  age 
that  they  long  failed  to  produce  their  due  effect.  On 
one  point  Malpighi  unconsciously  led  naturalists  astray 
for  a  hundred  years  or  more.  On  examining  a  fowl's 
egg  which  he  supposed  to  be  unincubated,  he  discovered; 
within  it  an  early  embryo.  From  this  he  concluded 
that  the  embryo  pre-exists  in  the  egg,  like  a  plant- 
embryo  in  a  seed.  He  mentions  one  circumstance 
which  makes  everything  intelligible.  The  egg  was 
examined  in  August,  during  a  time  of  great  heat,  and 
the  Italian  summer  no  doubt  started  development,  like 
the  hot  sand  of  Aden,  in  which  Chinamen  hatch  their 
eggs.  Swammerdam  too  enforced  the  same  belief  in. 
pre-existing  germs.  From  the  fact  that  the  butterfly 
can  be  revealed  by  opening  the  skin  of  a  full-fed  cater- 
pillar he  inferred  (quite  contrary  to  the  opinion  which 
he  expresses  elsewhere)  that  one  animal  had  formed 
inside  another.  This  led  him  to  say  that  there  is  no 
such  thing  as  generation  in  nature,  but  merely  the 
expansion  of  germs  which  lie  enclosed  one  within 
another.  By  his  theory  he  explained  how  Levi  could 
pay  tribute  to  Melchizedek  before  he  was  born,  and 
how  the  sin  of  Adam  can  be  laid  to  the  charge  of  all 
his  posterity.  The  belief  in  the  pre-existence  of  germs 
was  first  shaken  by  Caspar  Wolff  (see  p.  81),  who 
examined  unincubated  eggs  but  found  no  germ  which 
could  be  detected  by  the  histological  methods  then 
employed. 

Swammerdam's  Biblia  Natures  contains  useful  figures 
of  early  and  late  tadpoles  ;  in  particular,  he  describes  a 
stage  in  which  the  body  is  entirely  composed  of  rounded 
"lumps"  or  "granules,"  the  cells  of  modern  biology. 

Early  in  the  nineteenth  century  Pander  and  Baer, 
both  of  whom  were  pupils  of  Dollinger,  a  teacher  of 


io4  PERIOD  IV. 


extraordinary  influence,  gave  a  new  impetus  to  the 
study  of  development.  Pander  (1817-8)  published  an 
account  of  the  early  stages  of  the  chick,  illustrated  by 
beautiful  plates  by  D'Alton.  Baer  (1828-37)  carried 
the  work  much  further,  not  only  greatly  extending  the 
knowledge  of  the  developing  chick,  but  discovering  the 
mammalian  ovum  (1827),  and  announcing  generalisa- 
tions which  down  to  1859  were  the  most  luminous  that 
embryology  had  ever  furnished  ;  we  may  call  him  the 
founder  of  comparative  embryology.  He  shows  that 
development  may  supply  decisive  indications  of  the 
zoological  position  of  animals  ;  it  teaches,  for  instance, 
that  insects  are  of  higher  grade  than  arachnids  or 
crustaceans,  and  that  amphibians  ought  not  to  be 
united  with  reptiles.  He  describes  the  development  of 
an  animal  as  a  process  of  differentiation,  the  general 
becoming  special,  and  the  homogeneous  heterogeneous  ; 
differentiation  is,  he  remarks,  the  law  under  which  not 
only  animals  but  solar  systems  develop.  He  maintains 
that  the  embryo,  though  gradually  attaining  complexity, 
makes  no  transition  to  a  different  type — e.g.,  the  verte- 
brate is  never  in  any  stage  anything  but  a  vertebrate. 
All  animals,  he  believes,  are  probably  at  first  similar, 
and  take  the  form  of  a  hollow  sphere  (the  gastrcea  of 
modern  embryology).  There  are,  he  says,  no  new 
formations  in  nature  ;  all  is  conversion.  When  he 
comes  to  speak  of  the  pharyngeal  clefts  of  mammals 
and  birds,  recently  discovered  by  Rathke,  he  remarks 
that  their  correspondence  with  the  gill-clefts  of  fishes 
is  obvious.  We  wonder  what  is  coming  next,  but  our 
curiosity  is  not  gratified  by  any  memorable  deduction. 
Neither  here  nor  in  his  miscellanies  (Reden),  published 
nearly  fifty  years  later,  does  he  admit  that  mammals 
and  birds  can  have  descended  from  gill-breathing 


THE  CELL  THEORY  105 

vertebrates.  If  we  are  inclined  to  hint  that  Baer,  having 
gone  so  far,  might  well  have  gone  a  little  farther,  it 
is  only  fair  to  recollect  that  every  leader  in  science  is 
more  or  less  open  to  the  same  reproach. 

The  Cell  Theory. 

Any  one  of  the  higher  animals  or  plants  admits  of 
analysis  into  organs,  each  adapted  to  one  or  more 
functions.  Bichat  (1801)  showed  that  the  body  of  one 
of  the  higher  animals  is  not  only  a  collection  of  organs, 
but  also  a  collection  of  tissues,  and  the  same  is  true  of 
the  higher  plants.  Analysis  of  the  organism  was  carried 
a  step  further  when  in  1838-9  Schleiden  and  Schwann 
announced  that  all  the  higher  animals  and  plants  are 
made  up  of  cells,  which  were  at  first  supposed  to  consist 
in  every  case  of  a  cell-wall,  fluid  contents,  and  a  nucleus.1 
It  was  soon  discovered  that  the  cell-wall  is  as  often 
absent  as  present,  and  that  the  cell-contents  are  not 
simply  fluid;  the  nucleus  is  still  believed  to  be  universal. 
Schwann  proved  that  nails,  feathers,  and  tooth-enamel, 
though  not  obviously  cellular,  consist  of  nothing  but 
cells,  and  it  was  afterwards  shown  that  bone,  cartilage, 
fatty  tissue,  and  fibrous  tissue  arise  by  the  activity  of 
cells  which  disappear  from  view  in  the  abundance  of 
their  formed  products.  The  individual  cells  of  a  com- 
plex organism  are  usually  themselves  alive  ;  sometimes, 
as  in  ciliated  epithelium,  they  give  indications  of  life 

1  Hooke  figured  a  thin  section  of  dry  cork  in  his  Micrographia 
(1665),  remarking-  that  it  was  divided  into  "little  boxes  or  cells." 
The  word  cell  was  suggested  by  the  resemblance  of  the  tissue  to 
a  honeycomb  ;  since  1838  it  has  been  thoughtlessly  extended 
from  the  skeleton  to  the  particle  of  living  matter  enclosed  within 
it.  Robert  Brown  (1831)  showed  that  a  nucleus  is  usual  in 
plant-cells  ;  it  had  been  figured  .by  Fontana  and  others  long 
before.  Down  to  1838  no  results  of  biological  interest  followed 
from  the  discovery. 


io6  PERIOD  IV. 


long  after  they  have  been  separated  from  the  body. 
The  preponderating  importance  of  the  transparent  jelly 
or  protoplasm  became  clear  when  it  was  recognised 
that  this  alone  is  invariably  present,  and  that  this  alone 
responds  to  stimuli.  The  nucleus  is  believed  to  be  only 
a  specialised  part  of  the  cell-protoplasm. 

The  cell-theory,  like  nearly  every  theory,  was  neither 
altogether  new  nor  in  its  first  form  altogether  complete. 
Before  1838  cell-division,  as  we  should  now  call  it,  had 
been  indistinctly  seen  to  be  the  process  by  which  the 
body  of  one  of  the  higher  animals  is  built  up.  Leeuwen- 
hoek  and  Swammerdam  had  found  a  wholly  cellular 
stage  in  frog-embryos  (see  p.  103),  while  Prevost  and 
Dumas  in  1824  had  in  effect  discovered  that  the  cells  of 
which  such  embryos  consist  result  from  repeated  division 
of  an  egg ;  Mohl  in  1835  observed  the  actual  division. 
Even  Schwann,  however,  was  not  acquainted  with  the 
important  fact  that  every  cell  arises  by  the  division  of  a 
pre-existing  cell. 

Swarm-spores  of  algae  showed  that  protoplasm,  when 
unenclosed  in  a  cell-wall,  can  move  about,  direct  its 
course,  and  change  its  shape.  Knowledge  of  this  fact 
did  more  than  rectify  the  definition  of  the  cell ;  it  effaced 
one  distinction  between  plants  and  animals,  and  gave  a 
hint  of  the  resemblance  of  primitive  cells  to  such  simple 
organisms  as  Amoeba. 

Martin  Barry  in  1843  announced  that  certain  Protozoa 
(that  name  was  not  yet  in  use)  are  simple  cells.  He 
pointed  out  that  they  possess  nuclei,  like  those  of  tissue- 
cells,  and  compared  their  increase  by  fission  with  the 
cleavage  of  the  egg.  Single  cells  were  thus  shown  to 
be  not  only  capable  of  locomotion,  which  was  already 
known,  but  able  to  provide  for  their  own  support.  The 
Protozoa  and  Protophyta  (i.e.,  the  simplest  animals  and 


THE  CELL  THEORY  107 

plants,  which  are  not  always  to  be  clearly  separated)  are 
now  known  to  be  autonomous  cells,  increasing  by  fission, 
and  often  forming-  colonies.  Conjugation  (fusion  of 
similar  individuals)  often  precedes  fission,  and  when  it 
was  proved  (1861-5)  that  ova  and  spermatozoa  are  true 
cells,  it  was  seen  that  fertilisation,  as  we  know  it  in  the 
higher  animals,  is  only  a  special  form  of  the  conjugation 
observed  among  the  Protozoa.  To  the  Protozoa  it  is 
now  possible  to  trace,  without  any  startling  break  of 
continuity,  all  the  multicellular  organisms,  their  tissues, 
the  growth  of  those  tissues  by  repeated  fission,  their 
eggs,  and  the  process  of  fertilisation  which  precedes 
cleavage.  The  old  Greek  riddle,  '*  Which  came  first, 
the  fowl  or  the  egg  ?  "  may  now  receive  the  answer  : 
"  Neither  ;  their  common  starting-point  is  to  be  found 
in  the  Protozoa,  which,  even  when  adult,  represent  the 
primitive  unicellular  condition,  to  which  all  the  higher 
animals  revert  once  in  every  generation." 

It  is  not  without  reason  that  biologists  dwell  on  the 
unifying  influence  of  the  cell-theory,  which  has  become 
a  chief  support  of  that  still  wider  unifying  influence,  the 
Origin  of  Species  by  Natural  Selection.  When  it  was 
discovered  that  all  living  things,  whether  plants  or 
animals,  consist  of  nucleated  cells  which  increase  by 
fission,  and  that  in  all  of  them  cell-fission  is  started 
anew  from  time  to  time  by  a  cell-fusion,  it  was  strongly 
suggested  that  resemblances  so  striking  and  so  universal 
can  only  proceed  from  a  common  descent. 

During  the  last  half-century  the  study  of  cells  has  led 
to  a  great  increase  of  knowledge  respecting  all  bodily 
functions,  whether  in  health  or  disease.  We  now  look 
to  it  as  perhaps  the  most  hopeful  source  of  new  light 
upon  the  important  question  of  hereditary  transmission. 

H  2 


io8  PERIOD  IV. 


The  Scientific  Investigation  of  the  Higher  Cryptogams. 
We  now  resume  the  history  of  a  study  which  down 
to  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  had  yielded  only 
meagre  and  uncertain  results  (see  above,  pp.  85-88). 
At  the  date  in  question  it  had  been  ascertained  that  the 
spores  (then  called  "  seeds ")  of  ferns,  and  probably 
of  other  cryptogams,  are  capable  of  propagating  the 
species,  but  no  one  knew  precisely  what  part  the  spore 
played  in  the  life-history,  or  could  explain  the  true 
difference  between  a  cryptogam  and  a  flowering  plant. 
The  great  improvements  in  the  construction  of  the 
compound  microscope  which  were  effected  between 
1812  and  1830  rendered  it  possible  to  elucidate  much 
more  thoroughly  the  structure  and  development  of  the 
chief  groups  of  cryptogams.  The  sexual  reproduction 
of  algae  was  explored  ;  moving  filaments  (spermato- 
zoids)  were  seen  to  enter  the  chambers  in  which 
embryos  afterwards  formed  ;  the  conjugation  of  similar 
cells  was  observed  in  algae  and  fungi,  and  recognised 
as  a  simple  mode  of  sexual  reproduction.  The  resem- 
blance of  the  spermatozoids  of  mosses  and  ferns  to 
animal  spermatozoa  was  noted,  and  their  participation 
in  the  process  of  fertilisation  was  more  and  more  closely 
followed  until  at  length  Hofmeister  in  1851  saw  them 
fuse  with  the  egg-cell  of  a  fern.  Suminski,  whose  full 
name,  Lesczyc-Suminski,  is  unpronounceable  by  English- 
men, had  discovered  (in  1848)  that  the  prothallus  of  a 
fern,  which  is  the  product  of  the  germinated  spore  and 
had  been  hitherto  taken  for  the  cotyledon,  bears  two 
kinds  ot  reproductive  organs,  one  of  which  liberates 
spermatozoids,  while  an  egg-cell  is  developed  within 
the  other.  He  did  not  correctly  describe  all  the  details, 
but  he  showed  where  the  essential  reproductive  organs 


THE  ENRICHMENT  OF  ENGLISH  GARDENS     109 

form,  and  where  fertilisation  is  effected.  The  masterly 
researches  of  Hofmeister  (1849-57)  fused  what  had  been 
a  number  of  partial  discoveries  into  a  connected  and 
luminous  doctrine.  He  proved  that  the  prothallus  is 
one  of  two  generations  in  the  life-history ;  that  it 
begins  with  a  spore  and  ends  with  a  fertilised  egg-cell ; 
that  in  the  higher  cryptogams  there  is  a  regular  alterna- 
tion of  generations  ;  that  the  prothallus  of  the  fern 
answers  to  the  leafy  moss,  while  the  leafy  fern  is  the 
equivalent  of  the  moss-capsule  ;  that  the  egg-cell  is  the 
same  structure  in  both  cryptogams  and  flowering  plants ; 
that  the  pollen-tube  and  the  seed  are  found  to-day  only 
in  flowering  plants  ;  that  the  gymnosperms  make  a 
transition  from  the  higher  cryptogams  to  the  angio- 
sperms  ;  that  unity  of  plan  pervades  the  whole  series  of 
mosses,  ferns,  fern-like  plants,  gymnosperms,  and 
angiosperms.  Before  Darwin's  Origin  of  Species  had 
appeared  Hofmeister  presented  to  evolutionists  a  clear 
example  of  a  descent  in  which  every  principal  term  is 
well  authenticated,  while  the  extremes  are  far  apart. 

The  Enrichment  of  English  Gardens. 
If  some  unreasonably  patriotic  Englishman  should 
be  seized  with  the  whim  of  keeping  none  but  truly 
British  plants  in  his  garden,  he  might  enjoy  the  shade 
of  the  fir,  yew,  oak,  ash,  wych-elm,  beech,  aspen- 
poplar,  hazel,  rowan-tree,  and  the  small  willows,  but 
he  would  have  to  forego  the  common  elm,  the  larger 
poplars  and  willows,  the  larches,  spruces,  and  cypresses, 
the  rhododendrons,  and  all  the  shrubs  popularly  called 
laurels.  Of  fruits  he  might  have  the  crab-apple,  sloe, 
wild  cherry,  gooseberry,  currants  (black  and  red),  the 
raspberry,  strawberry,  and  blackberry,  but  none  of  the 
improved  apples,  pears,  or  plums,  and  no  quinces, 


no  PERIOD  IV. 


peaches,  or  apricots.  His  vegetable  garden  might 
yield  cabbages,  turnips,  carrots,  and  celery  (all  deficient 
in  size,  flavour,  and  variety),  but  no  cauliflowers, 
Brussels  sprouts,  parsley,  lettuces,  peas,  beans,  leeks, 
onions,  or  spinach.  The  handsomest  of  his  flowers 
would  be  dog-roses,  mallows,  and  primroses. 

Before  Europe  was  sufficiently  enlightened  to  care 
about  exact  records  valuable  foreign  plants  had  already 
been  introduced.  Vines,  apples,  pears,  cherries,  and 
plums,  besides  improved  vegetables,  such  as  the  cauli- 
flower, bean,  garden-pea,  and  cucumber,  had  been 
brought  from  temperate  Asia  or  Egypt.  Wheat  and 
barley,  neither  of  them  native  to  Europe,  had  to  some 
extent  replaced  rye  and  oats,  which  may  have  existed 
naturally  in  those  European  countries  which  border  on 
Asia.  Britain,  while  yet  a  Roman  province,  shared  in 
these  benefits,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  common  elm, 
besides  certain  fruit-trees  and  pot-herbs,  have  been 
continuously  grown  in  our  island  through  all  the 
troubled  ages  which  separate  us  from  the  Romano- 
British  times.  Leek,  garlic,  and  onion  are  ancient 
acquisitions.  To  our  Old-English  forefathers  garlic 
was  the  spear-leek,  distinguished  by  its  long,  narrow 
leaf  from  the  broad-leaved  common  leek,  just  as  a 
garfish  was  distinguished  from  other  fishes  by  its  long 
body  and  pointed  head ;  onion  was  the  enne-  or  ynne- 
leek  (onion-leek) ;  the  most  important  of  the  three  was 
probably  that  which  retained  the  root-word  without 
prefix — the  leek  proper. 

During  many  centuries,  when  the  rights  of  small 
proprietors  were  little  respected  and  knowledge  was 
scanty,  the  religious  houses  were  distinguished  by  the 
diligence  with  which  they  tended  their  gardens. 
Flowers,  fruits,  and  simples  were  cultivated,  and  plants 


THE  ENRICHMENT  OF  ENGLISH  GARDENS     in 

were  now  and  then  imported  from  foreign  monasteries. 
The  English  names  of  the  plants,  which  are  often 
adaptations  of  Latin  words,  still  testify  to  the  care  of 
gardeners  who  were  in  the  habit  of  using  Latin. 

Much  improvement  was  not  to  be  expected  so  long 
as  England  suffered  from  frequent  and  desolating  wars 
within  her  own  borders.  When  these  at  last  subsided, 
great  English  gardens,  such  as  those  of  Nonsuch, 
Hatfield,  Theobalds,  and  Hampton  Court,  began  to 
parade  their  beauty  ;  strange  trees,  shrubs,  and  flowers 
were  brought  from  the  continent,  and  as  early  as  Queen 
Elizabeth's  time  our  shrubberies  and  walks  were  admired 
by  spectators  familiar  with  the  best  that  Italy  and 
France  could  show.  The  new  horticulture  was,  how- 
ever, long  an  exotic  among  us,  and  John  Evelyn, 
whose  Sylva  appeared  in  1664,  was  "the  first  to  teach 
gardening  to  speak  proper  English." 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  sixteenth  century  the  follow- 
ing new  plants  among  others  were  brought  from  central 
or  southern  Europe  :  The  poppy  and  star  anemones, 
the  hepatica,  the  common  garden  larkspur,  the  winter 
aconite,  the  sweet-William,  the  laburnum,  Rosa  centi- 
folia  (of  eastern  origin,  the  parent  of  countless  varieties 
and  hybrids),  the  myrtle,  the  lavender,  the  cyclamen, 
the  auricula,  Iris  germanica,  and  many  other  Irids,  the 
oriental  hyacinth,  several  species  of  Narcissus,  the 
white  and  Martagon  lilies,  and  the  absurdly  named 
dog's-tooth-violet  (really  a  lily).  The  botanist  Clusius 
introduced  the  jonquil  and  the  Tazetta  narcissus  from 
Spain  to  the  Low  Countries.  The  Judas-tree  (i.e., 
tree  of  Judaea)  was  brought  from  the  Mediterranean, 
where  the  hollows  of  the  hills  are  filled  in  April  with 
its  pale-purple  blooms.  The  white  jasmine  was  im- 
ported from  Asia,  and  the  castor-oil  plant  from  Africa. 


ii2  PERIOD  IV. 


The  great  accessions  of  geographical  knowledge 
made  during  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries  were 
slow  to  affect  horticulture.  Ships  were  then  few  and 
small,  and  the  passage  from  Hispaniola  or  Calicut  to 
Cadiz  or  Lisbon  occupied  weeks  or  even  months. 
Moreover,  the  conquests  of  Spain  and  Portugal  (Goa, 
the  Moluccas,  Brazil,  the  West  Indies,  Peru,  and 
Mexico)  lay  mostly  within  the  tropics,  and  could 
furnish  hardly  any  plants  capable  of  enduring  a 
European  winter.  Special  pains  were,  however,  taken 
to  bring1  over  some  valuable  food-plants  which  were 
thought  likely  to  thrive  in  Europe.  Before  any  Euro- 
pean landed  in  America  the  potato  had  been  cultivated 
by  the  Indians  of  Peru,  a  country  which,  though  lying 
almost  under  the  line,  rises  into  cool  mountain-districts. 
Potato-tubers  were  soon  introduced  to  Spain  and  Italy, 
and  a  little  later  to  other  parts  of  Europe  ;  Raleigh's 
planting  of  potatoes  on  his  estate  near  Cork  came  a 
few  years  later.  The  edible  tomato,  which  is  distin- 
guished from  the  wild  form  by  its  enlarged  fruits,  was 
apparently  cultivated  in  Peru  before  the  first  landing 
of  the  Spaniards.  The  unusually  high  proportion  of 
edible  plants  among  the  first  importations  from  America 
and  other  distant  countries  is  worthy  of  remark.  Early 
explorers  eagerly  sought  for  valuable  food-plants,  but 
the  number  of  such  as  could  be  cultivated  alive  in 
Europe  was  very  limited,  and  since  the  sixteenth 
century  the  attention  of  collectors  has  been  fixed  upon 
ornamental  species  simply  because  of  the  dearth  of 
others. 

European  flower-gardens  were  enriched  during  the 
sixteenth  century  by  the  following  American  species  : 
the  so-called  French  and  African  marigolds  (both 
from  Mexico),  sunflowers,  the  arbor-vitae  (Thuja 


THE  ENRICHMENT  OF  ENGLISH  GARDENS     113 

occidentalis),  Yucca  gloriosa,  and  the  Agave,  misnamed 
the  American  Aloe. 

About  the  same  time  the  horse-chestnut,  lilac,  and 
syringa,  or  mock-orange,  were  first  brought  to  central 
and  western  Europe,  and  with  them  the  tulip,  richest 
and  most  varied  of  flowering-  bulbs.  All  these  reached 
Vienna  from  Constantinople,  but  how  and  when  they 
were  brought  to  Constantinople,  or  what  were  their 
native  countries,  are  still  doubtful  questions.  The 
horse-chestnut  is  believed  to  be  a  native  of  Greece, 
where  it  is  said  to  grow  wild  among  the  mountains  ; 
probably  it  extends  into  temperate  Asia  as  well.  It  is 
said  to  have  reached  Constantinople  in  1557.  Long- 
standing tradition  derives  the  lilac  from  Persia,  but 
botanists  say  that  it  is  also  indigenous  to  parts  of  south- 
eastern Europe.  The  garden-tulip  is  believed  to  be 
native  to  temperate  Asia  and  also  to  Thrace  ;  it  is,  of 
course  specifically  distinct  from  the  wild  tulip  of 
northern  Europe. 

Chief  among  the  travellers  to  whom  we  owe  the 
acquisition  of  these  favourite  plants  was  Augier  Ghislen 
de  Busbecq,  a  Fleming,  who  was  twice  sent  by  the 
emperor  as  ambassador  to  the  sultan.  Busbecq  was  a 
keen  observer  and  collector,  and  during  his  long  and 
toilsome  journeys  was  ever  eager  to  pick  up  curiosities 
or  to  note  new  facts.  Quackelbeen,  a  physician  in 
Busbecq's  suite,  is  named  as  another  helper.  The 
botanists  Mattioli  and  Clusius,  who  presided  in  succes- 
sion over  the  imperial  gardens  of  Vienna,  and  Gesner 
of  Zurich,  described  the  plants  ;  it  is  from  them  that 
we  draw  such  imperfect  knowledge  as  we  possess  of  the 
way  in  which  they  were  brought  to  central  Europe. 
Clusius  relates  that  Busbecq  in  1575  received  a  parcel 
of  tulip-seed  from  Constantinople,  and  being  obliged  to 


ii4  PERIOD  IV. 


journey  into  France,  left  it  with  Clusius  to  be  germi- 
nated. The  tulips  which  came  up  were  of  various 
colours,  an  indication  of  long  cultivation.  The  Turks, 
like  the  Persians,  took  great  delight  in  gardens. 

As  North  America  became  permanently  occupied  by 
the  English,  facilities  for  the  transport  of  live  plants  to 
Europe  steadily  increased.  Ships  began  to  sail  frequently 
to  and  fro,  for  the  crossing  of  the  Atlantic  was  but  a 
small  affair  in  comparison  with  the  voyage  round  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Educated  men  here  and  there 
practised  the  learned  professions  in  the  American  planta- 
tions, and  among  them  a  sprinkling  of  naturalists  was 
found.  Hothouses,  the  amusement  of  wealthy  amateurs 
in  Germany,  France,  and  Holland,  made  it  possible  to 
protect  the  plants  of  mild  climates  from  the  winter  cold 
of  northern  Europe.  By  the  end  of  the  seventeenth 
century  our  gardens  had  acquired  many  beautiful  and 
curious  American  plants,  besides  a  few  from  the  East 
Indies,  and  not  long  afterwards  the  gains  became  so 
frequent  that  the  botanists  of  Europe  found  it  hard  to 
name  the  new  species  as  fast  as  they  came  in. 

Lovers  of  horticulture  will  tolerate  a  little  further 
information  concerning  the  early  use  of  hothouses.  As 
soon  as  glass  began  to  be  employed  in  domestic  archi- 
tecture, the  construction  of  warmed  and  glazed  chambers, 
in  which  plants  could  be  grown,  was  attempted.  Writers 
of  the  first  century  A.D.  mention  them,  and  Seneca 
explains  how  the  temperature  might  be  kept  up  by  hot 
water.  This  and  other  refinements  of  the  Roman 
Empire  passed  into  oblivion  during  the  long  decline  of 
civilisation,  but  revived  with  the  revival  of  the  arts. 
In  the  sixteenth  century  William  IV.,  Landgraf  of 
Hesse,  who  is  remembered,  among  other  things,  as  a 
patron  of  the  botanist  Clusius,  built  himself  a  green- 


THE  ENRICHMENT  OF  ENGLISH  GARDENS     115 

house,  which  could  be  taken  down  and  put  together 
again.  A  still  more  famous  orangerie  was  that  of 
Heidelberg,  which  served  as  an  example  to  the  kings 
and  nobles  of  Europe.1  Henri  IV.  built  one  at  the 
Tuileries,  and  long  afterwards  Louis  XIV.  had  one  at 
Versailles.  Madame  de  SeVigne"  describes  theorangerie 
of  Clagny  as  a  palace  of  Armida,  and  the  most  enchant- 
ing novelty  in  the  world.  The  pine-apple  was  brought 
over  from  Barbadoes  in  the  seventeenth  century,  and 
Evelyn  speaks  of  having  tasted  the  first  pine-apple 
grown  in  England  at  the  table  of  Charles  the  Second. 
For  two  hundred  years  the  hothouse  yielded  no  greater 
dainty,  but  rapid  transit  has  now  made  pine-apples  so 
cheap  that  it  is  no  longer  worth  while  to  raise  them  in 
England.  Fagon,  who  was  during  many  years  first 
physician  to  Louis  XIV.,  was  a  considerable  botanist. 
He  was  born  and  died  at  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  and 
here,  on  his  retirement  from  practice,  he  built  hot- 
houses ;  it  would  be  interesting  to  know  what  he  grew 
in  them. 

In  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century  the 
younger  Tradescant,  who,  like  his  father  before 
him,  was  gardener  to  our  Charles  I.,  brought  over 
from  America  the  spider-wort,  named  Tradescantia 
after  him,2  the  false  acacia  and  the  tulip-tree.  The 
magnolias,  or  some  of  them,  the  Virginian  creeper, 
and  the  scarlet  Lobelia  cardinalis  were  among 
the  gifts  received  from  North  America  about  the 

1  Parkinson  (1629)  speaks  of  a  stove  or  hothouse,  "  such  as  are 
used  in  Germany." 

2  The  graceful  practice  of  naming  genera  of  plants  after  bene- 
factors  to    botany    or   horticulture   was    introduced    by    Father 
Plumier  (1646-1704),  who  gave  the  names  of  L'Obel  and  Fuchs  to 
the  Lobelia  and  Fuchsia,  and  whose  own  name  is  appropriately 
borne  by  the  frangipane  (Plumeria). 


n6  PERIOD  IV. 


same  time.  The  dwarf  Lobelia  (L.  Erinus)  was  not 
brought  over  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  till  1752,  and 
Lobelia  splendens  and  fulgens  (both  from  Mexico)  not 
till  the  nineteenth  century.  One  of  the  passion-flowers, 
which  are  all  American,  came  over  about  this  time  ; 
but  Passiflora  caerulea,  the  favourite  ornament  of  the 
greenhouse,  was  only  imported  from  Brazil  in  1699. 
The  evening  primrose,  the  "  convolvulus  major  and 
minor "  (Ipomaea  purpurea  and  Convolvulus  tricolor), 
were  other  acquisitions  from  North  America. 

From  the  second  half  of  the  seventeenth  century 
dates  the  introduction  of  the  garden  nasturtium  (Tro- 
paeolum  majus)  from  Peru  ;  T.  minus  from  Mexico  had 
been  brought  over  nearly  a  hundred  years  earlier.  The 
sensitive  plants  and  the  pine-apple  now  became  frequent 
objects  in  English  greenhouses.  John  Evelyn  and 
Bishop  Compton  were  eminent  patrons  of  English  horti- 
culture during  this  age. 

The  first  half  of  the  eighteenth  century  brought  us 
the  Aubretia  and  the  sweet  pea  from  southern  Europe, 
the  first  Pelargoniums  (scarlet  geraniums)  from  the  Cape, 
the  camellia  and  Kerria  japonica  from  the  far  east. 
The  West  Indian  heliotrope  was  introduced  in  1713;  the 
better-known  Peruvian  species  not  till  1757.  Phloxes 
began  to  be  imported  from  North  America.  Two  or 
three  foreign  orchids  were  already  known,  and  the 
number  now  began  to  increase  ;  but  it  was  not  till  the 
nineteenth  century  that  they  came  over  in  crowds. 
Our  list  gives  no  notion  whatever  of  the  number  of  new 
species  added  now  and  subsequently. 

Of  the  accessions  made  during  the  latter  half  of 
the  eighteenth  century  we  must  at  least  mention  the 
mignonette  from  North  Africa,  white  arabis  from  the 
Caucasus,  the  common  rhododendron  from  Asia  Minor. 


THE  ENRICHMENT  OF  ENGLISH  GARDENS     117 

Rosa  indica  and  Hydrangea  hortensis  from  China, 
South  African  gladioli,  which  now  begin  to  be  numerous, 
and  chrysanthemums  from  China  and  Japan.  The  first 
calceolarias  were  brought  from  great  heights  on  the 
Andes,  the  first  begonias  from  Jamaica,  and  the  first 
fuchsia  from  Chili. 

We  can  make  only  one  remark  about  the  multi- 
tudinous accessions  of  the  nineteenth  century.  It  is 
surprising  to  note  how  recently  many  established 
favourites  have  been  brought  to  the  knowledge  of 
English  gardeners.  Anemone  japonica  (Japan)  and 
Jasminum  nudiflorum  (China)  date  from  1844,  while 
the  Freesias  (Cape  Colony)  are  as  recent  as  1875. 
The  dahlia,  after  two  unsuccessful  attempts,  was  estab- 
lished here  as  recently  as  1815  ;  Nemophila  insignis 
came  over  from  North  America  in  1822  ;  the  common 
musk  and  the  monkey-plant  a  few  years  later  ;  the 
chionodoxas  (Crete  and  Asia  Minor)  in  1877.  The  first 
of  the  foliage-begonias  (Begonia  rex  from  Assam)  dates 
only  from  1858,  and  the  first  of  the  tuberous  species 
from  1865. 

Importation  of  foreign  species  has  not  been  the  only 
method  by  which  English  gardens  have  been  enriched. 
New  varieties  and  hybrids  have  been  produced  in 
bewildering  numbers  by  the  gardeners  of  Europe,  and 
many  of  these  far  surpass  in  beauty  the  wild  originals. 
Botanists  and  nurserymen  could  relate  in  great  detail 
the  steps  by  which  our  favourite  roses,  calceolarias, 
begonias,  and  cinerarias  have  been  developed  from  a 
few  natural  stocks,  sometimes  of  uninviting  appearance. 

Horticulture  has  repaid  the  debt  which  it  owed  to 
the  explorations  of  botanists  by  furnishing  countless 
observations  and  experiments  bearing  upon  inheritance. 
When  these  have  been  properly  co-ordinated,  they  will 


u8  PERIOD  IV. 


yield  precious   knowledge,  not  only  to  botanists  but  to 
all  students  of  biology. 

Humboldt  as  a  Traveller  and  a  Biologist. 

The  career  of  Alexander  von  Humboldt  (b.  1769, 
d.  1859),  nearly  coinciding  with  the  period  on  which 
we  are  now  engaged,  was  devoted  to  a  gigantic  task — 
nothing  less  than  the  scientific  exploration  of  the  globe. 
His  great  natural  powers  were  first  cultivated  by  wide 
and  thorough  training,  not  only  in  astronomy,  botany, 
geology,  mineralogy,  and  mining,  which  had  an  obvious 
bearing  on  his  future  enterprise,  but  also  in  anatomy, 
physiology,  commerce,  finance,  diplomacy,  and  lan- 
guages. Thus  equipped,  he  sailed  in  1799  with  the 
botanist  Bonpland  to  South  America,  and  spent  the 
next  five. years  in  exploring  the  Orinoco  and  Amazon, 
the  Andes,  Cuba,  and  Mexico.  The  expedition  marks 
an  epoch  in  scientific  geography.  It  is  enough  to 
mention  the  collection  of  data  for  the  more  accurate 
mapping  of  little-known  countries,  the  exploration  of 
the  river-systems  of  equatorial  America  and  the  dis- 
covery of  a  water-connection  between  the  Orinoco  and 
the  Amazon,  the  ascent  of  lofty  mountains,  the  study  of 
volcanoes,  the  description  of  remarkable  animals  such 
as  the  howler-monkey  and  the  gymnotus  (electric  eel), 
and  of  remarkable  plants,  such  as  the  bull's-horn 
acacia,  whose  enlarged  and  hollow  spines  are  occu- 
pied by  ants.1  After  his  return  to  Europe  Humboldt 
published  many  important  treatises  on  terrestrial 
magnetism,  geology,  meteorology,  and  plant-distri- 
bution. His  new  graphical  method  of  isothermal 
lines  did  much  for  the  study  of  climate  in  all  its  bear- 
ings. His  Personal  Narrative  not  only  disseminated 

1  See  the  account  of  Cartagena  in  the  Personal  Narrative. 


HUMBOLDT  AS  TRAVELLER  AND  BIOLOGIST     119 

much  interesting-  information,  but  inspired  a  new 
generation  of  explorers.  Darwin  agreed  with  Hooker 
that  Humboldt  was  the  greatest  of  scientific  travellers. 

In  1829  Humboldt  traversed  the  Russian  Empire 
from  west  to  east,  but  the  time  allowed  (half  a  year) 
was  altogether  insufficient  for  the  examination  of  so 
vast  a  territory  ;  a  few  notable  results  were,  neverthe- 
less, secured. 

After  some  fifteen  or  twenty  years  spent  in  European 
society,  the  inspiration  drawn  from  long  and  arduous 
journeys  in  South  America  began  to  fail.  The  con- 
versation of  the  salons,  the  troublesome  flattery  of  the 
King  of  Prussia,  and  the  propensity  to  write  copiously, 
stimulated,  of  course,  by  the  eagerness  of  the  public 
to  buy  whatever  so  eminent  an  investigator  chose  to 
put  forth,  sterilised  the  last  half  of  a  career  which  had 
opened  with  such  magnificent  promise. 

The  best  of  Humboldt's  work  became  absorbed  long 
ago  into  the  confused  mass  of  general  knowledge.  This 
is  the  common  fate  (not  by  any  means  an  unhappy  one) 
of  those  who  refuse  to  concentrate  upon  a  single  study. 
Among  biologists  he  is  chiefly  remembered  by  his 
numerous  discussions  of  plant-distribution,  which  are 
now  considered  less  remarkable  for  what  they  contain 
than  for  what  they  leave  out.  While  his  travels  were 
fresh  in  his  mind,  Humboldt  was  impressed  by  facts  of 
distribution  which  could  not  be  explained  by  present 
physical  conditions,1  but  the  influence  of  climate  as  the 
more  intelligible  factor  gradually  assumed  larger  and 
larger  proportions  in  his  mind.  The  writers  of  text- 
books, founding  their  teaching  upon  Humboldt,  often 
overlooked  altogether  qualifications  which  he  had 

*  See  particularly  his  Essai  sur  la  geographic  des  plantes  (1805). 


120  PERIOD  IV. 


shown  to  be  necessary.  When  Darwin  and  Wallace 
pointed  out  how  immensely  important  is  the  bearing 
upon  present  distribution,  not  only  of  the  physical 
history  of  the  great  continents,  but  also  of  their  bio- 
logical history,  and  in  particular  of  the  interminable 
conflicts  of  races  of  which  they  have  been  the  scene, 
naturalists  began  to  perceive  how  inadequate  are  hori- 
zontal and  vertical  isothermal  zones  to  explain  all  the 
striking  facts  of  distribution,  whether  of  plants  or 
animals  (see  infra,  p  129). 

Premonitions  of  Biological  Evolution. 

The  eighteenth  century  had  done  much  to  impress 
the  minds  of  men  with  an  orderly  development  in  sun 
and  planets  (Kant  and  Laplace),  in  the  institutions  of 
human  societies  (Montesquieu),  and  in  the  moral  aspira- 
tions of  mankind  (Lessing).  Many  bold  attempts  had 
been  made  to  trace  a  like  orderly  development  in  the 
physical  life  of  plants  and  animals  (Buffon,  Erasmus 
Darwin,  etc.),  but  neither  was  the  proof  cogent  nor  the 
process  intelligible.  Cautious  people  therefore,  and 
those  whose  prepossessions  inclined  them  to  adopt  a 
very  different  origin  for  terrestrial  life,  held  during  all 
this  time  a  position  of  some  strength  against  speculative 
philosophers  who  tried  to  explain  the  variety  and  perfec- 
tion of  living  nature  by  unconscious  and  unintelligent 
factors. 

About  the  year  1840  the  doctrine  of  the  fixity  of 
species  seemed  to  be  victorious.  Cuvier's  knowledge 
and  skilful  advocacy  had  a  few  years  before  over- 
powered Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire's  conception  of  a  common 
plan  of  structure  pervading  the  whole  animal  kingdom, 
and  the  new  Philosophic  Anatomique  was  laid  on  the 
shelf,  side  by  side  with  the  Philosophic  Zoologique  of 


PREMONITIONS  OF  BIOLOGICAL  EVOLUTION     121 

Lamarck,  the  Zoonomia  of  Erasmus  Darwin,  the  Theorie 
de  la  Terre  of  Buffon,  and  the  Protogcea  of  Leibnitz. 
Yet  even  then  a  spectator  who  was  fully  informed  and 
at  the  same  time  gifted  with  uncommon  foresight  might 
have  satisfied  himself  that  the  victory  of  evolution  had 
become  inevitable. 

Cuvier's  memorable  descriptions  of  the  extinct  verte- 
brates of  the  Paris  basin  had  founded  the  new  science 
of  Palaeontology,  and  though  neither  he  nor  anyone  else 
was  aware  of  the  fact,  had  made  it  possible  to  trace, 
very  imperfectly  no  doubt,  the  descent  of  a  few  modern 
ungulates.  Lyeli's  Principles  of  Geology  (1830-3)  had 
shaken  the  belief  in  catastrophes  repeatedly  breaking 
the  succession  of  life  on  the  earth.  It  was  rapidly 
becoming  impossible  to  maintain  that  the  account  of 
creation  given  in  the  book  of  Genesis  was  even  approxi- 
mately accurate.  In  the  year  1828  Baer  had  almost 
made  up  his  mind  that  the  facts  of  development  pointed 
to  a  common  plan  of  structure,  perhaps  to  a  common 
origin,  for  each  of  the  great  types  of  animal  life.1 
Darwin's  Journal  had  appeared  in  1839,  and  though 
the  explanations  which  it  offered  were  not  inconsistent 
with  prevalent  opinion,  evolutionary  suggestions  were 
introduced  into  the  second  edition  of  1845.  Lyell  at 
least  was  already  aware  that  the  voyage  of  the  Beagle 
had  impelled  Darwin  to  examine  afresh  the  accepted 
philosophy  of  creation.  Between  1840  and  1850  faint 
signs  of  coming  change  struck  orthodox  reasoners 
with  misgiving  and  gave  increased  confidence  to  free- 
thinkers. A  few  German  botanists  and  zoologists 
declared  against  the  immutability  of  species.  The 

1  Baer's  expressions  are  so  guarded  that  his  real  opinions  in 
1828  can  only  be  surmised.  He  never  accepted  a  consistent 
theory  of  organic  evolution. 

I 


122  PERIOD  IV. 


Vestiges  of  the  Natural  History  of  Creation,  which 
might  be  called  a  premature  explosion,  dates  from 
1844.  Hofmeister  (see  supra,  p.  109)  put  forth  a  detailed 
comparison  of  the  flowering-  plants  with  the  higher 
cryptogams,  which  strongly  suggested  a  theory  of 
descent  with  modification,  and  is  unintelligible  on  any 
other  basis.  He  indicated  no  such  interpretation  him- 
self, being  content  to  establish  the  new  homologies  ; 
but  the  Origin  of  Species,  as  soon  as  it  appeared, 
commanded  his  entire  sympathy. 

Among  those  who  rejected  fixity  of  species  and 
special  creation  before  1859  none  was  so  clear  or  so 
outspoken  as  Herbert  Spencer,  who  thought  out  for 
himself  an  evolutionary  philosophy  which  was  not 
shaken  by  Darwin.  It  is  impossible  to  discuss  in  this 
place  the  question  whether  or  not  it  was  shaken  by 
Weismann. 

Agassiz's  Essay  on  Classification,  which  was  published 
in  October,  1857,  was  the  last  manifesto  issued  before 
the  Origin  of  Species  by  the  party  which  stood  out  for 
fixity  of  species,  the  last  polemic  which  made  De 
Maillet,  Lamarck,  and  the  Vestiges  its  targets.  It  is 
an  eloquent  but  inconsiderate  defence  of  an  extreme 
position.  According  to  Agassiz  every  branch,  class, 
order,  family,  genus,  and  species  represents  a  distinct 
creative  thought ;  every  mark  of  affinity,  every  appear- 
ance of  adaptation  to  surroundings,  has  been  expressly 
designed.  Extinction  and  replacement  of  species  are 
due  to  the  direct  intervention  of  the  Creator  ;  ptero- 
dactyls are  prophetic  types  of  birds,  and  indicate  that 
divine  wisdom  had  foreseen  the  possibility  of  an 
advance  in  the  organisation  of  animals  which  was  not 
immediately  practicable  ;  the  mallard  and  scaup  duck 
occur  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  because  they  were 


PREMONITIONS  OF  BIOLOGICAL  EVOLUTION    123 

simultaneously  but  separately  created  in  Europe  and 
North  America  ;  the  teeth  of  the  whale,  which  never 
cut  the  gum,  are  the  result  of  obedience  to  a  certain 
uniformity  of  fundamental  structure.  Explanations 
like  these  removed  no  difficulties  and  sug-g-ested  no 
inquiries.  In  the  hot  debates  which  ensued  the 
Essay  on  Classification  was  rarely  mentioned. 


I    2 


PERIOD  V. 

(1859  AND  LATER) 

Period  V. 

WE  do  not  attempt  to  characterise  our  last  period,  nor 
to  describe  its  biological  achievement.  It  seems  better 
to  devote  the  whole  of  our  scanty  space  to  the  scientific 
careers  of  Darwin  and  Pasteur,  in  which  so  much  past 
effort  culminated,  and  from  which  so  much  progress 
was  to  spring. 

Darwin  on  the  Origin  of  Species. 

Setting  aside  as  superfluous  and  we  might  say 
impossible,  under  our  conditions  of  space,  all  attempt 
to  restate  the  evidence  on  which  Darwin  based  his 
great  argument,  we  shall  here  try  to  show  that  the 
Origin  of  Species  shed  a  new  light  upon  many  biological 
facts,  combined  many  partial  truths  into  one  consistent 
theory,  and  gave  a  great  stimulus  to  further  inquiry. 

i.  Classification  and  Affinity. — The  sixteenth-century 
herbalists  and  still  earlier  writers  (see  p.  17)  recognised 
a  property  of  affinity,  by  which  plants  were  associated 
in  natural  groups.  Bock  (1546)  tried  to  bring  together 
all  plants  which  are  related  (verwandt)  to  one  another, 
but  similarity  of  any  kind  was  with  him  a  proof  of 
affinity  ;  it  did  not  shock  him  to  place  the  dead  nettles 
next  to  the  stinging  nettles.  L'Obel  gave  names  to 
several  families  of  flowering  plants  which  are  still 
admitted  as  natural.  Ray  spoke  of  the  affinity 
(cognatio)  between  plants,  and  his  affinity  was  a  thing 

124 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES         125 

not  to  be  violated  for  the  sake  of  practical  convenience 
or  logical  rules,  but  he  was  unable  to  explain  what 
he  meant  by  it.  Linnaeus  tried  to  illustrate  affinity 
between  plants  by  contiguous  provinces  on  a  map,  a 
better  metaphor  than  the  linear  scale,  for  the  scale  can 
only  express  affinity  on  two  sides,  while  the  map  can 
express  affinity  on  many.  His  practical  experience  of 
classification  taught  him  a  truth,  shocking  at  first 
sight  to  the  logician1 — viz.,  that  the  characters  which 
serve  for  the  definition  of  one  genus  may  be  useless  for 
the  definition  of  the  next,  and  he  laid  it  down  that  the 
characters  do  not  make  the  genus,  but  the  genus  the 
characters.  After  Linnaeus  we  find  for  a  long  time  no 
advance  in  the  philosophy  of  natural  classification. 
Cuvier  (1816)  is  even  retrograde,  for  he  sets  aside  the 
maxims  of  Linnaeus,  maintains  that  adaptive  characters 
(characters  closely  related  to  the  conditions  of  life)  are 
relatively  constant,  and  that  large  groups  should  be 
defined  by  characters  drawn  from  organs  of  great 
physiological  importance.  These  decisions  of  his  are 
repudiated  by  later  naturalists. 

The  key  to  the  affinity  puzzle  which  had  so  long 
baffled  thinking  naturalists  was  at  last  supplied  by 
Darwin,  who  explained  that  "the  natural  system  is 
founded  on  descent  with  modification  ;  that  the  char- 
acters which  naturalists  consider  as  showing  true 
affinity  between  any  two  or  more  species,  are  those 
which  have  been  inherited  from  a  common  parent,  all 
true  classification  being  genealogical ;  that  community 
of  descent  is  the  hidden  bond  which  naturalists  have 

1  Titius  of  Wittenberg,  who  published  in  1766  what  is  commonly 
called  Bode's  law  of  planetary  distances,  objected  to  the  Linnean 
system  on  the  ground  that  it  multiplied  the  principle  of  division. 
(De  di-visione  animalium  generali,  1760.) 


126  PERIOD  V. 


been  unconsciously  seeking,  and  not  some  unknown 
plan  of  creation,  or  the  enunciation  of  general  proposi- 
tions, and  the  mere  putting  together  and  separating 
objects  more  or  less  alike."1 

Natural  groups,  large  or  small,  result  from  the  long- 
continued  operation  of  divergence,  the  survival  of 
some,  and  the  extinction  of  others  ;  they  are  to  be 
respected  as  facts  ;  they  are  not  created  by  definitions, 
which  only  serve  to  indicate  and  remind  ;  any  character, 
however  trifling,  will  suffice,  if  only  it  is  constant  and 
distinctive. 

The  conflict  between  natural  classification  and  logic 
is  apparent  only.  Logicians  say  that  in  classifying 
books,  for  instance,  you  may  take  any  property  you 
please,  subject,  size,  etc.,  as  the  basis  of  your  arrange- 
ment, but  having  made  your  choice,  you  must  adhere 
to  it  for  all  divisions  of  the  same  rank.  Naturalists 
seem  to  say  something  different,  for  they  are  agreed 
that  what  they  call  "single-character  classifications," 
in  which  one  property  is  adhered  to  throughout,  are 
unnatural.  The  fact  is  that  a  natural  classification 
always  rests  upon  one  and  the  same  property — viz. 
affinity p,  i.e.  relative  nearness  of  descent  from  some 
common  ancestor.  Every  natural  classification,  like 
every  logical  classification,  proceeds  upon  a  single  basis, 
and  the  failure  of  the  single-character  classifications 
is  due  to  their  displacing  affinity  by  some  definition. 

The  effect  of  the  Origin  of  Species  upon  zoological 
and  botanical  systems  has  been  revolutionary.  Fur- 
nished with  a  new  and  intelligible  meaning  of  the  word 
natural,  and  with  new  criteria  of  naturalness,  syste- 
matists  have  during  the  last  fifty  years  worked  hard  to 

1  Origin  of  Species,  chap.  xiii. 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES         127 

create  classifications  which  admit  of  being-  thrown  into 
the  form  of  genealogical  trees.  Wide  gaps  in  the 
geological  history  of  life  render  the  task  difficult  beyond 
expression,  but  much  has  already  been  accomplished. 
Newly  discovered  forms  (especially  the  fossil  Archaeop- 
teryx  and  the  Cycadofilices)  and  more  fully  investigated 
forms,  far  too  numerous  to  be  specified,  have  estab* 
lished  links  between  groups  which  formerly  seemed  to 
be  wholly  independent.  Unnatural  assemblages  based 
on  pre-determined  characters  (Radiates,  Entozoa,  Birds 
of  prey,  etc.)  have  been  replaced  by  groups  which  are 
at  least  possible  on  evolutionary  principles.  Almost 
every  working  naturalist  will  admit  that  the  progress 
of  zoological  and  botanical  system  during  the  last  two 
generations  has  done  much  to  fortify  the  Darwinian 
position. 

2.  Embryology. — Baer  in  1828  was  possessed  of  all 
the  embryological  facts  which  Darwin  used  in  support 
of  his  theory  of  evolution  ;  in  particular,  he  was  well 
acquainted  with  the  most  striking  fact  of  all — viz.,  the 
presence  in  embryo  mammals  and  birds  of  a  series  of 
paired  clefts  along  the  sides  of  the  neck,  between  which 
run  vessels  arranged  as  in  gill-breathing  vertebrates* 
The  vessels  had  been  figured  by  Malpighi ;  the  clefts 
had  been  discovered  by  Rathke,  who  had  no  hesitation 
in  calling  them  gill-clefts  and  the  vessels  gill-arches. 
Nor  had  Baer,  who  nevertheless  to  the  end  of  his  long 
life  refused  to  accept  the  one  explanation  which  gives 
meaning  to  the  facts — viz.,  that  remote  progenitors  of 
mammals  and  birds  breathed  by  gills.  Few  embryo- 
legists  have  since  felt  such  a  scruple.  The  adaptation 
to  gill-breathing  is  obvious  ;  is  gill-breathing  now 
practised  by  any  mammal  or  bird?  Certainly  not.  Is 
it  destined  to  be  practised  by  their  descendants  at 


128  PERIOD  V. 


some  future  time  ?  To  say  nothing-  of  the  danger  of 
putting  forth  any  such  prophecy,  it  involves  all  the 
consequences  of  descent  with  modification.  The 
opponent  of  evolution  may  as  well  admit  at  once  that 
the  gill-breathing-  was  practised  in  time  past.  As  an 
example  of  the  same  kind  taken  from  plants,  we  may 
quote  the  trifoliate  leaves  of  the  furze-seedling,  which, 
though  absent  from  the  full-grown  furze,  are  frequent 
in  the  family  (Leguminosae)  to  which  it  belongs.  The 
general  similarity  of  vertebrate  embryos,  of  insect- 
embryos  and  of  dicotyledonous  seedlings,  is  also  worthy 
of  note.  We  may  suppose  that  early  embryos,  being 
largely  or  wholly  dependent  on  food  supplied  by  the 
parent,  and  perhaps  protected  by  the  parent  as  well, 
escape  the  pressure  of  the  struggle  for  existence,  and 
are  often  not  urgently  impelled  to  produce  adaptations 
of  their  own.  In  these  circumstances  it  is  intelligible 
that  features  inherited  from  remote  ancestors  should 
persist.  If,  however,  early  independence  is  demanded 
by  the  conditions  of  life,  the  embryo  may  develop 
temporary  adaptations,  wanting  in  the  parent  and  in 
embryos  of  allied  groups.  Larval  adaptation  is  as 
much  a  part  of  the  economy  of  nature  as  the  retention 
of  ancestral  structures  which  have  been  lost  by  the 
adult. 

3.  Morphology. — Let  us  next  consider  the  light  which 
the  Origin  of  Species  throws  upon  homologous  parts. 
No  example  will  serve  our  purpose  better  than  the  very 
familiar  one  of  the  fore-limbs  of  different  vertebrates, 
the  arm  and  hand  of  man,  the  wing  of  the  bat,  the  wing 
of  the  bird,  the  pectoral  fin  of  the  fish,  and  the  paddle  of 
the  whale.  These  limbs,  adapted  for  actions  so  diverse 
as  grasping,  running,  flying,  and  swimming,  neverthe- 
less exhibit  a  common  plan,  evident  at  a  glance,  except 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES        129 

in  the  pectoral  fin  of  the  fish.  But  why  a  common  plan  ? 
Of  what  advantage  is  it  to  an  animal  that  its  wing, 
paddle,  or  hand  should  reproduce  the  general  plan  of  a 
fore-foot?  Why  should  the  digits  of  the  land  verte- 
brates never  exceed  five  ?  Why  should  the  thumb  never 
have  more  than  two  free  joints  ?  It  would  be  hard  to  find 
a  satisfactory  answer  to  these  questions  in  any  book 
earlier  than  the  Origin  of  Species ;  no  student  of  the 
Origin  of  Species  finds  any  difficulty  in  answering  them 
all.  The  common  plan  has  been  transmitted  from  type 
to  type  by  inheritance,  and  its  features  are  derived  from 
an  unknown  common  ancestor. 

The  new  conception,  that  structures  inherited  from 
remote  ancestors  may  be  incessantly  modified  by  the 
conditions  of  life  and  by  mutual  competition,  is  the  key 
to  the  chief  problems  of  morphology.  No  limited  collec- 
tion of  examples  can  substantiate  so  wide  a  proposition 
as  this.  Those  who  have  made  themselves  familiar  with 
old  text-books  of  comparative  anatomy  will  recollect  how 
dry,  or  else  how  inconclusive,  was  pre-evolutionary  mor- 
phology, how  vague  were  the  references  to  some  ideal 
archetype,  or  to  climate,  or  to  the  ancient  conditions  of 
the  earth's  surface  ;  how  often  exclamations  of  admira- 
tion for  the  marvels  of  nature  or  Providence  were  sub- 
stituted for  clear  explanations.  Cuvier,  it  is  true,  was 
both  precise  and  reasonable  ;  but  how  little  he  was  in 
a  position  to  explain  !  His  "  empirical  "  comparative 
anatomy  could  throw  no  direct  light  upon  origins  or 
transformations  ;  his  "  rational "  comparative  anatomy 
was  practicable  only  in  a  few  easy  cases. 

4.  Geographical  Distribution. — The  facts  of  distribu- 
tion were  handled  in  the  Origin  of  Species  with  great 
originality.  It  was  shown  that  they  support,  and 
indeed  require,  some  doctrine  of  organic  evolution. 


i3o  PERIOD  V. 


The  succession  in  the  same  area  of  the  same  types- 
armadillos  succeeding-  armadillos  in  South  America, 
marsupials  succeeding  marsupials  in  Australia — was 
enough  of  itself  to  render  independent  creation  highly 
improbable.  This  was  not  all.  Darwin's  mind  being 
charged  with  facts  and  reasonings,  the  accumulations  of 
many  years  of  travel  and  meditation,  he  sketched  in- 
rapid  outline  conclusions  which  have  given  a  new  form 
to  the  distribution  question.  The  subject  had  hitherto 
been  treated  by  collecting  masses  of  facts  and  inter- 
preting them  by  recent  physical  geography  ;  Darwin 
showed  that  the  history  of  the  continents  and  islands 
may  be  far  more  influential  than  soil,  elevation,  or 
climate. 

The  scientific  discussion  of  the  facts  of  distribution  is 
as  old  as  the  sixteenth  century,  when  L'Obel  pointed  out 
that  the  mountain  plants  of  warm  countries  descend 
to  low  levels  in  the  north.  Linnaeus  remarked  that 
fresh-water  plants  and  alpine  plants  are  often  cosmo- 
politan. Another  early  and  well-founded  generalisation 
is  the  statement  of  Linnasus  that  the  plants  common  to 
the  old  and  the  new  world  are  all  of  northern  range. 
Buffon  made  the  same  remark  about  the  animals,  and 
offered  the  probable  explanation — viz.,  that  since  the 
two  great  land-masses  approach  one  another  only  in 
high  latitudes,  it  is  only  there  that  animals  have  been 
able  to  cross  from  one  to  the  other. 

In  the  nineteenth  century  theories  involving  prodi- 
gious changes  of  land  and  sea  were  much  in  the  minds 
of  naturalists.  Darwin  lost  his  temper  (a  rare  thing 
with  him)  over  the  land-bridges,  hundreds,  or  even 
thousands,  of  miles  long,  which  were  created  in  order 
to  explain  trifling  correspondences  in  the  population  of 
distant  countries.  A  belief  in  the  comparative  stability 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES        131 

of  the  great  continents  and  oceans  has  since  prevailed, 
and  it  is  now  recognised  that  the  means  of  dispersal  of 
species  are  greater  than  was  once  supposed. 

The  discovery,  about  the  year  1846,  of  the  marks  of 
ancient  glaciers  in  all  parts  of  northern  Europe,  and  the 
acceptance  of  an  Ice  Age,  had  a  still  greater  influence 
upon  the  teaching  of  naturalists.  Edward  Forbes1  put 
forth  a  glacial  theory  to  account  for  the  present  distribu- 
tion of  plants  of  northern  origin.  Glacial  cold,  he  main- 
tained, had  driven  the  arctic  flora  far  southward.  When 
more  genial  conditions  returned,  most  of  the  northern 
plants  retreated  towards  the  Pole,  but  some  climbed  the 
mountains  and  gave  rise  to  an  isolated  alpine  flora. 
Darwin,  whose  unpublished  manuscripts  had  anticipated 
Forbes's  theory,  believed  that  the  whole  earth  became 
chilled  during  the  Ice  Age,  and  that  the  fauna  and  flora 
of  the  temperate  zone  reached  the  tropics.  His  argu- 
ment, which  is  contained  in  chap.  xi.  of  the  Origin  oj 
Species,  is  now  generally  accepted  in  principle,  though 
opinions  differ  on  many  points  of  detail.  Some  think 
that  he  extended  too  widely  the  effects  of  glacial  cold, 
exaggerated  the  resemblance  of  the  arctic  and  alpine 
fauna  and  flora,  and  attributed  the  extinction  of  the 
northern  species  in  the  intermediate  plains  too  exclu- 
sively to  climatic  causes. 

One  paragraph  in  the  extremely  condensed  discussion 
on  geographical  distribution  which  we  find  in  the  Origin 
of  Species  calls  attention  to  the  dominance  of  forms  of 
life  "  generated  in  the  larger  areas  and  more  efficient 
workshops2  of  the  north."  The  power  which  inhabitants 

1  Geol.  Survey  Memoirs,  1846. 

2  By  a  curious  and  no  doubt  accidental  coincidence,  Darwin 
employs  the  same  remarkable  metaphor  which  had  occurred  to 
lordanes  in  the  sixth  century  A.D.     lordanes  calls  the  north  the 
officina  gentium. 


132  PERIOD  V. 


of  the  great  northern  land-mass  of  the  old  world, 
and  in  a  less  degree  those  of  North  America,  possess, 
and  have  long-  possessed,  of  driving-  out  the  inhabitants 
of  the  southern  continents  is  one  of  the  most  important 
factors  in  the  peopling-  of  the  earth  with  new  races  of 
land-plants  and  land-animals.  Races  of  men,  modes 
of  civilisation,  religious  faiths,  all  follow  the  same  rule, 
which  has  no  doubt  prevailed  ever  since  land  came  to 
predominate  in  the  northern  hemisphere  and  water  in 
the  southern  hemisphere.  In  the  life  of  the  sea  and  the 
fresh  waters  no  dominance  of  northern  forms  has  been 
detected. 

5.  Palceontology . — We  must  not  claim  for  Darwin 
more  than  a  modest  share  in  the  vast  extension  of 
pala3ontological  knowledge  which  the  last  fifty  years 
have  created.  A  profusion  of  new  materials  has  been 
acquired  by  the  diligence  of  collectors  working-  on  a 
scale  previously  unattempted.  But  though  the  accu- 
mulation of  materials  is  the  work  of  others,  the  inter- 
pretation has  been  guided  by  the  principles  of  Darwin. 
The  evolution  of  the  horse  has  now  been  so  fully 
worked  out  that  it  would  bear  the  whole  weight  of  a 
doctrine  of  descent  with  modification,  though  it  could 
not  by  itself  reveal  the  process  by  which  the  modifica- 
tion had  been  effected. 

Darwin  on  Adaptations. — The  adaptation  of  living 
things  to  their,  surroundings  has  always  been  a 
favourite  branch  of  natural  history,  underrated  only 
by  those  whose  studies  are  little  calculated  to  inflame 
the  curiosity.  Many  eminent  naturalists  have  made  the 
interpretation  of  natural  contrivances  their  chief  aim. 
Darwin  equalled  the  best  of  his  predecessors  in  accu- 
racy, range,  and  ingenuity,  while  he  surpassed  them  all 
in  candour.  No  one  has  done  so  much  to  vindicate  the 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES        133 

study  of  adaptations  from  all  suspicion  of  triviality,  for 
no  one  before  him  had  seen  so  clearly  how  all  new 
species  arise  by  adaptation  of  pre-existing  ones.  It  is 
by  adaptation  that  new  forms  of  life  arise  ;  it  is  inheri- 
tance which  preserves  old  ones. 

Socrates,  Swammerdam,  and  Paley  had  drawn  from 
the  adaptations  of  nature  proofs  of  the  omnipotence 
and  beneficence  of  the  Creator.  Darwin,  while  ad- 
mitting that  every  organism  is  exquisitely  adapted  to 
its  own  mode  of  life,  believed  that  the  adaptations  have 
been  perfected  by  slow  degrees,  and  that  they  cannot 
be  proved  to  have  been  consciously  devised.  This 
interpretation  deprives  the  theologian  of  valued  argu- 
ments, but  at  the  same  time  rids  him  of  difficulties. 
Even  before  Darwin's  day  some  few  natural  theologians 
had  the  courage  to  bring  forward  instances  of  the 
harshness  of  nature.  Kirby  and  Spence1  thought  that 
no  injustice  was  done  to  certain  predatory  insects  by 
comparing  them  to  devils.  Others  blessed  the  mercy 
of  heaven,  which,  after  creating  noxious  animals, 
created  others  to  keep  them  in  check.  Darwin,  when 
reflecting  upon  the  odious  instincts  which  urge  the 
young  cuckoo  to  eject  its  foster-brothers,  some  species 
of  ants  to  enslave  others,  and  a  multitude  of  ichneumons 
to  lay  their  eggs  in  the  bodies  of  live  caterpillars,  found 
it  a  relief  to  be  able  to  shift  the  responsibility  to  an 
unconscious  natural  process.2 

In  his  autobiography  Darwin  remarks  that  he  had 
thought  it  almost  useless  to  endeavour  to  prove  by 
indirect  evidence  that  species  had  been  modified  until 
he  was  able  to  show  how  the  adaptations  could  be  ex- 
plained. Some  of  them  alarmed  him  by  their  difficulty; 

1  Introduction  to  Entomology,  Introductory  Letter. 
a  Life  and  Letters,  Vol.  L,  chap.  ii. 


134  PERIOD  V. 


to  suppose  that  the  eye,  with  all  its  inimitable 
adjustments,  had  been  formed  by  an  unconscious  natural 
process  seemed  to  him  absurd  until  he  had  traced  a 
good  many  intermediate  steps  between  the  mere  colour- 
spot  and  the  eye  of  the  eagle.  He  writes  to  Asa  Gray 
(September  5,  1857)  that  the  facts  which  had  done  most 
to  keep  him  scientifically  orthodox  were  facts  of  adapta- 
tion, the  pollen-masses  of  Asclepias,  the  mistletoe  with 
its  pollen  carried  by  insects  and  its  seeds  by  birds,  the 
woodpecker  exquisitely  fitted  by  feet,  tail,  beak,  and 
tongue  to  climb  trees  and  capture  insects. 

The  student  of  adaptations  has  no  longer  a  moral 
thesis  to  maintain  ;  he  tries  to  understand  how  a  con- 
trivance acts,  what  advantage  it  confers  upon  its 
possessor,  and  by  what  steps  it  was  perfected.  The 
minute  variations  of  species  are  as  capricious  as  the 
form  of  the  stones  which  accumulate  at  the  foot  of  a 
precipice  ;  natural  selection  turns  fortuitous  variations 
to  account  for  the  advantage  of  the  species  as  a  builder 
might  turn  to  account  the  shapes  of  the  stones.  Man 
himself  can  employ  variations  for  frivolous  or  even  base 
purposes,  as  when  he  produces  toy-spaniels  or  bull- 
dogs.1 The  adjustments  of  organic  structures  often 
move  our  wonder  by  their  perfection.  One  reason  why 
they  so  far  exceed  the  adjustments  made  by  wind,  frost, 
or  moving  water  is  that  the  process  has  been  so  pro- 
tracted ;  in  a  worm  or  an  insect  we  see  the  last  stage 
of  an  adaptation  which  has  been  continuously  at  work 
for  untold  geological  periods.  Another  reason  is  that 
the  thing  adapted  is  alive,  sensitive,  and  capable  of 
responding  to  the  subtlest  imaginable  influences. 
;  Darwinism  and  Non-biological  Studies. — The  theory 

1  Darwin,  Variation  of  Plants  and  Animals  under  Domestica- 
tion, Concluding-  Remarks. 


DARWIN  ON  THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES        135 

of  organic  evolution  has  already  produced  a  visible 
effect  upon  non-biological  studies.  Bagehot  has  applied 
Darwinian  principles  to  the  interpretation  of  history 
and  politics.  Philologists  recognise  a  process  very 
like  that  of  natural  selection  in  the  modification  of 
words.  The  usages  of  language  are  inherited  from 
generation  to  generation  ;  one  idiom  competes  with 
another,  that  persisting  which  best  suits  the  temper 
or  the  convenience  of  the  nation.  Philology  has 
like  zoology  its  chains  of  descent,  its  breeds  or 
dialects,  its  species  or  languages,  its  fossils  (dead 
languages),  its  dominant  and  declining  forms,  its 
vestiges  (such  as  letters,  still  retained,  though  no 
longer  sounded).  Psychology  is  already  in  part  experi- 
mental and  evolutionary,  and  seems  as  if  it  would 
attach  itself  more  and  more  closely  to  physiology, 
detaching  itself  in  the  same  measure  from  metaphysics. 
The  change  may  be  attributed  to  two  growing  convic- 
tions :  (i)  That  the  experimental  method  is  more  trust- 
worthy than  the  speculative  ;  and  (2)  that  the  mind  of 
man  is  not  a  thing  apart,  but  an  enhanced  form  of 
powers  manifest  in  the  lower  animals.  Sociology  finds 
its  most  practicable  and  its  most  urgent  sphere  of  work 
in  the  problems  of  selection  and  race,  which  are 
naturally  examined  in  the  light  of  Darwinian  principles. 
The  new  study  of  Comparative  Religion  aims  at  the 
impartial  examination  of  all  forms  of  religious  experience, 
and  is  evolutionary  in  proportion  as  it  is  scientific.  One 
of  its  conclusions,  by  no  means  universally  accepted  as 
yet,  is  the  recognition  of  conscience  as  "  the  organised 
result  of  the  social  experiences  of  many  generations  " 
(Galton).  Comparative  Religion  can  already  show  in 
outline  how  by  slow  degrees  magical  rites  passed  into 
polytheistic  worship,  how  polytheism  became  simplified 


136  PERIOD  V. 


and  elevated,  and  how  ethical  motives  at  length  became 
influential  if  not  predominant. 

Pasteur's  Experimental  Study  of  Microbes. 

The  same  difficulty  arises  with  Pasteur  as  with 
Darwin  ;  his  life-work  has  already  been  described  often 
and  well.  Readers  unversed  in  science  have  only  to 
turn  to  the  Vie  de  Pasteur^  written  by  his  son-in-law, 
Vallery-Radot,  to  find  a  luminous  account,  giving-  just 
so  much  detail  as  makes  the  discoveries  intelligible  and 
interesting.  If  shorter  sketches  are  demanded,  they 
exist.  We  must  therefore  above  all  things  be  brief, 
and  content  ourselves  with  reminding  the  reader  of 
facts  which,  in  spite  of  their  recent  date,  are  as  well 
known  as  anything  in  the  history  of  science. 

Chemists  will  claim  Pasteur  as  one  of  their  number, 
and  we  do  not  dispute  the  claim.  Trained  in  experi- 
mental methods  by  the  chemical  laboratory,  he  devoted 
his  best  powers  to  the  study  of  living  things,  and,  with- 
out ceasing  to  be  a  chemist,  became  one  of  the  greatest 
of  biologists. 

Pasteur's  chief  work  was  of  course  the  experimental 
investigation  of  living  particles  which  float  in  the  air — 
what  we  may  call  live  dust.  Before  his  day  such 
particles  had  been  seen,  named,  and  classified  ;  some 
few  had  been  studied  in  their  action  and  effects.  Most 
of  them  are  plants  of  low  grade,  simplified  to  the  last 
point  for  the  sake  of  minuteness,  on  which  their  ready 
dispersal  depends. 

Yeast. — Van  Helmont,  early  in  the  seventeenth 
century,  when  the  microscope  had  not  yet  become  an 
instrument  of  research,  attempted  to  investigate  the 
fermentation  of  beer,  and  made  acquaintance  with  the 
properties  of  the  gas  which  is  evolved,  his  gas  silrvestre> 


PASTEUR'S  STUDY  OF  MICROBES  137 

which  was  afterwards  called  fixed  air,  or  carbonic  acid. 
Leeuwenhoek  about  1680  examined  yeast  by  his  micro- 
scopes, and  discovered  that  it  is  made  up  of  globules 
which  often  cohere,  and  that  these  globules  give  off 
bubbles  of  gas.  Then  comes  a  long  interval,  during 
which  nothing  was  done  to  elucidate  the  process  of 
fermentation.  It  was  not  till  1837  that  Caignard- 
Latour  and  Schwann,  independently  of  each  other, 
showed  that  yeast-globules  multiply  by  budding,  and 
are  therefore  to  be  set  down  as  living  things,  probably 
plants  of  a  simple  kind.  Twenty  years  more  passed 
without  sensible  progress  ;  during  this  time  chemists 
were  striving  to  prove  that  the  alcohol  was  produced 
by  contact-action,  and  that  the  globules  were  of  no 
practical  importance.  By  the  year  1860  Pasteur  was 
engaged  upon  the  problem.  It  is  well  known  that  he 
arrived  at  a  firm  conviction  that  living  yeast-cells  are 
essential  to  the  production  of  alcohol.  ,It  has  since 
been  discovered  that  the  enzyme  (unorganised  ferment 
of  older  writers)  secreted  by  living  yeast-cells  can 
change  sugar  into  alcohol  after  the  cells  themselves 
have  been  destroyed,  and  that  other  plants  besides 
yeast-cells  secrete  the  same  enzyme  when  deprived  of 
oxygen. 

Bacteria. — Another  and  even  more  important  chapter 
in  the  history  of  air-wafted  organisms  was  opened  by 
the  indefatigable  Leeuwenhoek.  In  1683  he  wrote  a 
letter  to  the  Royal  Society  which  makes  mention  for 
the  first  time  of  bacteria,  which  he  found  upon  his  own 
teeth,  and  described  as  minute  rods  ;  some  of  them 
moved  with  surprising  agility.  For  nearly  two  hundred 
years  little  more  was  done.  A  few  bacteria  were  named 
and  classified,  and  there  the  matter  rested  until  Schwann 
proved  experimentally  that  putrefaction  is  just  as  much 

K 


i38  PERIOD  V. 


the  work  of  living-  microscopic  organisms  as  alcoholic 
fermentation.  In  1857  and  the  following  years  Pasteur 
not  only  confirmed  the  work  of  Schwann,  which  had 
been  received  by  the  majority  of  chemists  with  distrust, 
but  went  on  to  show  that  the  lactic,  butyric,  and 
ammoniacal  fermentations  also  depend  upon  the  activity 
of  bacteria.  The  happy  thought  struck  him  that  they 
might  be  studied  alive — a  possibility  which  he  soon 
realised  in  practice,  and  upon  which  the  new  science  of 
bacteriology  largely  rests.  From  about  the  year  1873 
he  began  to  occupy  himself  seriously  with  contagion, 
which  he  suspected  to  be  connected  with  specific  aerial 
germs.  Davaine  and  others  had  years  before  observed 
in  the  blood  of  sheep  and  cattle  which  had  died  of 
"  charbon "  (anthrax)  minute  "  batonnets  "  (bacilli). 
Pasteur's  published  results  induced  Davaine  to  ask 
whether  his  "  batonnets "  might  not  be  the  cause  of 
"charbon."  Again,  it  was  Pasteur's  results  which 
induced  Lister  to  make  experiments  in  the  field  of 
antiseptic  surgery.  Pasteur  wasted  no  time  upon  the 
curiosities  of  bacterial  life.  His  first  studies  on  fermen- 
tation suggested  that  specific  diseases  may  be  propa- 
gated by  microscopic  germs,  and  that  such  cases  of 
spontaneous  generation  as  had  hitherto  escaped  refuta- 
tion might  be  explained  by  the  access  of  live  dust. 
The  identification  and  biological  history  of  the  organisms 
interested  him  only  as  a  step  towards  sure  methods  of 
controlling,  and,  if  necessary,  destroying,  them  ;  of 
mitigating  their  virulence  by  inoculation  ;  of  rendering* 
animals  immune  against  them  ;  or  of  stamping  out  the 
disease  by  isolation.  All  this  is  happily  too  well  known 
for  repetition  here.  The  story,  with  its  many  dramatic 
incidents,  can  be  read  in  the  pages  of  Vallery-Radot. 
Hardly  less  important  than  the  bacteria  which  destroy 


PASTEUR'S  STUDY  OF  MICROBES  139 

life  or  endanger  the  products  of  human  industry  are  the 
beneficent  forms,  some  of  which  have  in  all  ages  co- 
operated with  man,  while  others  can  only  be  employed 
by  those  who  possess  knowledge  and  skill.  None  are 
so  important  to  our  welfare  as  the  bacteria  which  renew 
the  fertility  of  the  soil.  But  for  the  soil-bacteria  farm- 
yard manure  would  be  useless  to  the  crop,  for  it  is 
they  which  render  it  fit  for  assimilation.  Now  the 
bacteria  of  the  soil  have  their  natural  enemies,  the  most 
mischievous  being  certain  Protozoa,  such  as  Amoeba 
and  its  kindred.  As  soon  as  this  fact  was  grasped, 
likely  remedies  were  thought  of ;  indeed,  one  remedy 
was  suggested  without  any  guidance  from  theory  by  a 
vine-grower  of  Alsace,  who  treated  his  soil  with  carbon 
disulphide  to  destroy  phylloxera,  and  found  that  in  so 
doing  he  had  notably  enhanced  its  fertility.  Heating 
to  the  temperature  of  boiling  water  destroys  the  soil- 
protozoa  and  at  the  same  time  the  bulk  of  the  soil- 
bacteria.  The  bacteria,  however,  soon  multiply  more 
than  ever  by  reason  of  the  absence  of  their  enemies, 
and  a  soil  cleared  of  protozoa  yields  for  a  few  years 
appreciably  richer  crops.  Of  other  useful  bacteria  the 
briefest  notice  must  suffice.  Wine,  beer,  cheese,  and 
tobacco  owe  to  certain  of  them  distinct  flavours,  for 
which  the  customer  is  willing  to  pay  high.  Leather  in 
certain  stages  of  manufacture,  indigo,  and  woad  require 
the  access  of  other  forms.  If  we  also  bear  in  mind  the 
part  which  yeast  plays  in  the  every-day  manufacture  of 
bread,  wine,  and  beer,  and  the  part  which  the  vinegar- 
mould  plays  in  the  manufacture  of  acetic  acid,  we  shall 
get  some  notion  of  the  industrial  importance  of  the 
various  micro-organisms.  Not  a  little  of  the  control 
which  we  exercise  over  them  we  owe  directly  or  in- 
directly to  Pasteur. 

K  2 


I4o  PERIOD  V. 


The  career  of  Pasteur  exhibits  a  striking-  unity.  His 
first  research,  which  dealt  with  a  subject  so  remote  from 
the  ordinary  studies  of  the  biologist  as  the  crystalline 
forms  of  tartrates,  made  him  acquainted  with  activities, 
hitherto  unsuspected,  of  minute  forms  of  life.  The  hope 
of  aiding  the  industries  of  Lille,  Orleans,  and  France 
kept  him  long  engaged  upon  ferments.  If  he  turned 
aside  to  examine  the  superstition  of  spontaneous  genera- 
tion, it  was  to  protect  his  methods  from  misconstruction. 
An  apparent  break  in  his  programme  of  work  was  forced 
upon  him  by  the  silkworm  pestilence.  It  proved  to  be 
no  real  break,  for  pebrine  and  flacherie  were  both  bac- 
terial diseases.  At  a  comparatively  early  date  (1863) 
he  wrote  that  his  chief  ambition  was  to  throw  light  on 
the  spread  of  contagious  diseases  ;  he  could  not  then 
foresee  that  he  was  destined,  not  only  to  elucidate,  but 
in  a  measure  to  control  them.  Around  his  tomb  are 
inscribed  words,  each  of  which  commemorates  a  signal 
service  to  his  fellow-men  :  "  1848,  Molecular  dissymetry. 
1857,  Fermentations.  1862,  Spontaneous  generation. 
1863,  Studies  of  wine.  1865,  Silkworm  diseases.  1871, 
Studies  on  beer.  1877,  Contagious  diseases  of  animals. 
1880,  Vaccination  against  contagious  diseases.  1885, 
Prevention  of  hydrophobia."  These  manifold  researches 
form  a  continuous  chain,  each  being  linked  to  what 
precedes  and  follows.  The  devotion  by  which  all  were 
inspired,  beginning  with  devotion  to  science  and  the 
fatherland,  ended  by  embracing  all  mankind. 

Biology,  which  in  the  sixteenth  century  sent  out  only 
a  few  feeble  shoots,  has  now  become  a  mighty  tree  with 
innumerable  fruit-laden  branches.  The  vigour  of  its 
latest  outgrowths  encourages  confident  hopes  of  future 
expansion. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE 
1200-1850 

(The  date  of  a  discovery  is  the  date  of  first  publication,  where 
this  is  known.) 

1202.  Arabic  numeration  introduced  into  Europe  by 

Leonardo  of  Pisa  (Liber  Abaci) ;  it  spread 
slowly,  and  did  not  become  universal  till  the 
middle  of  the  seventeenth  century. 

1214-1294.     Roger  Bacon. 

1265-1321.     Dante. 

1271-1295.     Travels  of  Marco  Polo. 

1304-1374.     Petrarch. 

1 324?-! 384.  Wycliffe. 

I34O?-I400.  Chaucer. 

1410.  Wood-engraving  introduced  about  this  time. 

1423.  Earliest  known  block-book. 

1450?  Mazarin  Bible,  printed  by  moveable  types. 

1453.  Taking  of  Constantinople  by  the  Turks. 

I4(56?-I536.  Erasmus. 

1471-1528.     Albert  Durer. 

1472-1543.     Copernicus. 

1475-1564.     Michael  Angelo. 

1477-1576.     Titian. 

1483-1520.     Raphael. 

1483-1546.     Martin  Luther. 

1492.  First  voyage  of  Columbus. 

1497-1498.     Voyage  of  Vasco  da  Gama  to  India  by  the  Cape. 

1516.  More's  Utopia. 

1517.  Luther's  theses. 
1519-1521.     Mexico  conquered  by  Cortez. 

1519-1522.     Circumnavigation   of   the    globe  by  a  ship   of 
Magellan's  squadron. 
141 


I42 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE 


1530-1536.     Brunfels'  Herbarum  vivce  eicones.     Confession  of 

Augsburg. 

1532.  Peru  conquered  by  Pizarro. 

J534-  Society  of  Jesus  founded  by  Loyola. 

I539-  Bock's    New    Kreutterbuch    (without     figures) ; 

2nd  ed.  (with  figures)  1546. 

1542.  Fuchs'  Historia  Stirpium. 

1543.  Copernicus'  De  Revolutionibus  Orbium  Celestium. 

Vesalius'  Fabrica  Humani  Corporis. 
1545.  Botanic  garden  at  Padua  founded. 

1545-1564.     Council  of  Trent. 
1547.  Botanic  garden  at  Pisa  founded. 

Belon's  Histoire  Naturelle  des  estranges  poissons 

marins. 

Gesner's  Historia  Animalium. 
Belon's  De  aquatilibus,  etc.,   and    his    Observa- 
tions de  plusieurs  singularitez >  etc.     (Travels 
in  the  Levant.) 

Rondelet's  De  piscibus  marinis. 
Belon's    Histoire    de    la    nature    des     Oyseaux. 
Rondelet's  Universes  aquatilium  Histories  pars 
altera. 

Shakespeare. 
Galileo. 

Revolt  of  the  Netherlands. 
Battle     of    Lepanto    (advance     of     the   Turks 

checked). 
Kepler. 

Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew. 
L'Obel's  Plantarum  seu  Stirpium  Historia  and 

A  dversaria. 

Drake's  circumnavigation. 
I583-  Cesalpini's  De  Plantis. 

1588.  The  Invincible  Armada. 

1596-1650.     Descartes. 

1600.  Olivier  de  Serres'  Theatre  d' Agriculture. 

1601.  Clusius'  Rariorum  plantarum  Historia. 
1605.  Clusius'  Exoticorum  libri  decem. 


1553- 


1554- 
1555- 


1564-1616. 
1564-1642. 
1566. 


1572- 
1576. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE  143 

1610.  Galileo's  microscope  invented  about  this  time. 

1614.  Napier's  Logarithms. 
1618-1648.     Thirty  Years'  War. 

1620.  Voyage  of  Mayflower.    Bacon's  Novum  Organum. 

1621.  Aselli  re-discovers  the  lacteals. 
1623.  C.  Bauhin's  Pinax  Theatri  Botanici. 
1626.  Jardin  des  Plantes  founded. 

1628.  Harvey's  De  motu  cordis  et  sanguinis  published 

the  lectures  had  been  delivered  in  1614. 

1635.  French  Academy  founded. 

1638.  First   authenticated  cure  of  fever  by  chincona 

bark  (in  Peru). 

1642.  New   Zealand    and   Van    Dieman's   Land    dis- 

covered by  Tasman. 
1642-1727.     Newton. 

1643.  Barometer  invented  by  Torricelli. 

1650  ?  Air-pump     invented     by    Otto     von     Guericke. 

Thoracic  duct  discovered  by  Pecquet. 
1653.  Lymphatic  vessels  discovered  by  Rudbeck. 

1660.  Royal    Society    founded  ;      incorporated     1662. 

Boyle's  Spring  of  Air  and  its  Effects.  Ray's 
Catalogue  Plantarum  circa  Cantabrigiam 
nascentium. 

1661.  Boyle's    Sceptical    Chemist.     Passage    of   blood 

through  capillaries  observed  by  Malpighi. 

1665.  Hooke's  Micrographia. 

1666.  Academic  des  Sciences   founded.      Composition 

of  white  light  discovered  by  Newton. 

1668.  Redi  on  the  Generation  of  Insects. 

1669.  Swammerdam's   Historia  Insectorum  Generalis. 

Malpighi 's  De  Bombyce. 
1671-1677.     Grew's   Anatomy   of  Plants ;    collected    in    one 

volume,  1682. 
1672-1679.     Malpighi's  Anatome  Plantarum  ;  collected  in  his 

Opera  Omnia,  1686. 
1673.  Malpighi's  De  formatione  pulli  in  ovo.      Leeu- 

wenhoek's  first  paper  published  by  the  Royal 

Society. 


144 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE 


1675.  Greenwich    Observatory  founded.      Velocity  of 

light  determined  by  Roemer. 

1676.  Willughby's  Ornithologia. 

1677.  Spermatozoa  discovered  by  Hamm. 
1680.  Yeast-cells  discovered  by  Leeuwenhoek. 

1682.  Ray's  Methodus  Plantarum. 

1683.  Bacteria  discovered  by  Leeuwenhoek. 
1687.  Newton's  Principia. 

1691-1694.     Camerarius  on  the  sexes  of  flowering  plants. 
1702.  Hydra  discovered  by  Leeuwenhoek. 

1711-1776.     Hume. 
1723-1790.     Adam  Smith. 

Vice's  Scienza  Nuova. 

Reaumur's  Histoire  des  Insectes. 
1736-1819.     Watt. 

1737.  Linnaeus's    Systema    Natures;    last    edition    by 

Linnaeus,  1766.    Linnaeus's  Genera  Plantarum. 
1737-1738.     Swammerdam's      Biblia      Natures      published ; 
written  long  before. 

1738.  Linnaeus's  Classes  Plantarum. 

1740-1761.     Roesel  von   Rosenhof's  Insecten-Belustigungen 
begun. 

1744.  Trembley's  Polype  d^eau  douce  (Hydra). 

1745.  Bonnet's  Traite  d^ Insectologie  (aphids,  Nais). 
1748.  Montesquieu's  Esprit  des  Lois. 

1749-1804.     Buffon's  Histoire    Naturelle,   the    last  volumes 

posthumous. 
1752.  Identity  of  lightning  and  electricity  demonstrated 

by  Franklin. 

I753<  British  Museum  founded. 

1755.  Black's     experiments     on    carbonic     acid     and 

alkalis. 

1759.  C.  F.  Wolff's  Theoria  Generationis. 

1760.  Lyonet's  Trait6  Anatomique,  etc.  (larva  of  goat- 

moth). 

1770.  New  South  Wales  discovered  by  Captain  Cook. 

I775*  Priestley's  experiments   on    the   restoration    by 

green  leaves  of  air  vitiated  by  combustion  or 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE  145 

respiration,   and    on    " dephlogisticated    air" 

(oxygen).     Adam  Smith's  Wealth  of  Nations. 
1777.  Spallanzani's  experiments   on  the    spontaneous 

generation  of  minute  organisms. 
1781.  Uranus  discovered  by  Herschel.     Leroy's  Lettres 

surles  Animaux  (first  collected  edition). 

1784,  Cavendish's  Experiments  on  A  ir  (composition  of 

water). 

1785.  Hutton's  Theory  of  the  Earth. 

1787-1789.     Lavoisier's   Methode  de    nomenclature    chimique 
(1787)  and  Traite  elementaire  de  chimie  (1789). 

1789.  First   French    Revolution.     A.    L.    de  Jussieu's 

Genera  Plantarum.     White's  Natural  History 
of  Selborne. 

1790.  Goethe's  Metamorphosen  der  Pflanzen. 

1791.  Galvani's  experiments  on  animal  electricity. 

1792.  Sprengel's  Entdeckte  Geheimniss  der  Natur.     F. 

Huber's  Nouvelles  Observations  sur  les  A  beilles. 
1796.  Cuvier  on  recent  and  fossil  elephants. 

1798.  Jenner's  Inquiry  (vaccination  against  small-pox). 

Lithography  invented  by  Senefelder. 

1799.  William  Smith's  Order  of  the  Strata  and  their 

Embedded  Organic  Remains. 
1799-1825.     Laplace's  Mtcanique  Celeste. 

1800.  Volta's  electric  pile. 

1807.  Dalton's  Atomic  theory.     Davy's  decomposition 

of  potash  and  soda. 

1811.  Motor  and   sensory  roots  of  spinal  nerves  dis- 

covered by  Bell. 

1812.  Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fossiles. 
1816.  Cuvier's  Regne  Animal. 

1819.  Electro-magnetism       discovered      by      CErsted. 

Chamisso's  De  Salpa. 
1823-1831.     Pollen-tubes  traced  to  the  ovule  (Amici,  Brong- 

niart,  Robert  Brown). 

1827.  Discovery  of  mammalian  ovum  by  Baer. 

1828-1837.     Baer's  Entwickelungs-geschichte. 
1830-1832.     Lyell's  Principles  of  Geology. 


i46 


THE  SUB-DIVISIONS  OF  BIOLOGY 


1835.  Cell-division  in  plants  observed  by  Mohl. 

1837.  Caignard-Latour's  demonstration  that  alcoholic 

fermentation  is  due  to  living  organisms. 

1839.  Schwann  and  Schleiden's  ceH-theory. 

1840-1849.  Joule's  determination  of  the  mechanical  equiva- 
lent of  heat. 

1841.  Faraday's  discovery  of  electric  induction. 

1846.  Discovery  of  Neptune  by  Leverrier  and  Adams. 

Agassiz  and  Buckland's  announcement  of 
extensive  glaciation  in  Scotland. 

1848.  Discovery  of  the  antheridia  of  ferns  by  Suminsky. 

1849-1851.  Hofmeister's  comparative  studies  of  the  higher 
cryptogams  and  the  flowering  plants. 

1809-1882.     Charles  Darwin. 
1822-1895.     Louis  Pasteur. 


THE  SUB-DIVISIONS  OF  BIOLOGY 

Morphology : 

Anatomy. 

Minute  Anatomy. 

Comparative  Anatomy. 
Embryology. 

Physiology  (including  adaptations  to  the  conditions  of  life). 
Psychology  of  Animals. 
Classification. 
Geographical  Distribution. 
Palaeontology. 

All  these  divisions,  except  Psychology,  apply  both  to  plants 
and  animals.  Many  other  modes  of  division  have  been 
proposed. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


[It  will  be  readily  understood  that  the  literature  of  Biology  is 
enormous,  as  a  single  fact  will  show.  Half  a  century  ago  Dr. 
Hagen  compiled  a  list  of  books  and  papers  relating  to  Ento- 
mology alone.  Though  far  from  complete,  it  filled  a  thousand 
pages,  and  if  brought  down  to  the  present  date  would  probably 
fill  a  thousand  more.  The  student  who  tries  to  follow  in  some 
detail  the  history  of  any  branch  of  Biology  must  read  books  in 
half-a-dozen  languages,  and  work  continually  in  large  public 
libraries.  We  shall  attempt  no  more  in  this  place  than  to  mention 
a  few  books  which  can  be  procured  and  read  by  those  whose 
leisure  and  knowledge  of  the  subject  are  limited.] 

HISTORY  OF  BIOLOGY  OR  ITS  SUB- DIVISIONS. 
Carus,  V.     Geschichte  der  Zoologie.     1864  foil. 

The  French   translation   by    Hagenmuller   and   Schneider 
(1880)  will  be  preferred  by  some. 

Cuvier,  G.  Histoire  des  Sciences  Nattirelles.  Publie"e  par 
M.  de  Saint-Agy.  Two  vols.,  1841.  Taken  down  from 
Cuvier's  lectures,  but  not  revised  by  him. 

Though  far  from  trustworthy  (the  first  volume  especially), 
this  history  mentions  many  interesting  facts,  and  suggests 
inquiries  which  may  be  pursued  with  advantage. 
Foster,    Sir   M.      Lectures  on   the  History   of  Physiology. 
Cambridge  Natural  Science  Manuals,  1901. 

Green,  J.  R.  History  of  Botany,  1860-1900.  A  continua- 
tion of  Sachs's  History.  Clarendon  Press,  1909. 

Sachs,  J.  History  of  Botany,  1530-60.  English  transla- 
tion. Clarendon  Press,  1889. 

An  outline  of  the  History  of  Paleontology  is  prefixed  to 
Zittel's  Handbuch  der  Palceontologie,  Bd.  I.  (1876-80).  English 
translation,  1900-2. 

The  ninth  edition  of  the  Encyclop&dia  Britannica  often 
contains  useful  references.  See  for  example  the  articles 
Biology,  Embryology,  Medicine,  Parasitism,  and  Zoology. 

Biographical  dictionaries  are  of  course  indispensable. 
The  Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  the  Biographic 

'47 


148  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Universelle,  the  Nou-velle  Biographic  Universelle,  the  Allge- 
meine  Deutsche  Biographic,  and  the  Biographie  Nationale  de 
Belgique  will  be  frequently  consulted. 

Among  the  old  authors  who  can  be  read  for  pleasure  as 
well  as  for  profit  the  present  writer  would  include  : — 

Baker,  H.  The  Microscope  Made  Easy.  Second  ed.,  1743. 
— Employment  for  the  Microscope.  1753. 

Belon,  P.  Observations  de  plusieurs  singularitez  et  choses 
memorables  trouvees  en  Grece,  Asie,  Judee,  Egypte,  Arable,  et 
autres  pays  estranges.  1553. 

Histoire  de  la  nature  des  Oyseaux.     1555. 

Buffon,  Comte  de.  Histoire  Naturelle.  Forty-four  vols., 
of  which  thirty-six  appeared  during  Buffon's  lifetime.  1749- 
1804.  Selected  passages  only. 

Cuvier,  G.  Ossemens  Fossiles.  1812.  Fourth  ed.  in  ten 
vols.,  besides  two  of  plates,  1834-36.  Selected  passages  only. 

Hooke,  R.     Micrographia.     1665. 

Huber,  F.  NouveHes  observations  sur  les  Abeilles.  1792. 
Second  ed.,  two  vols.,  1814. 

J.  P.     Recherches  sur  les  mosurs  des  Fourmis  indigenes. 

1810. 

Le  Roy,  G.  Lettres  sur  les  Animaux.  1781.  Reprinted, 
1862. 

Linnaeus,  C.,  and  his  Pupils.  Amcenitates  Academicce. 
Seven  vols.,  1749-69. 

Contain    interesting-   discussions   here   and    there   among 
much  that  is  now  valueless. 

Lachesis  Lapponica  ;  or,  A  Tour  in  Lapland.  Trans- 
lated by  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  from  the  original  diary.  Two  vols., 
1811. 

Ray,  J.  Catalogus  Plantarum  circa  Cantabrigiam  nascen- 
tium.  1660. 

Reaumur,  R.  A.  F.  de.  Histoire  des  Insectes.  Six  vols. 
1734-42. 

Redi,  F.  Experiments  on  the  Generation  of  Insects.  Trans- 
lated from  the  Italian  edition  of  1688  by  Mab  Bigelow. 
Chicago,  1909. 

Roesel  von  Rosenhof,  A.  J.  Insecten-belustigungen.  1746- 
61. 

Turner,  W.  On  Birds.  1544.  Translated  by  A.  H. 
Evans,  1903. 


INDEX 


AFFINITY,  17,  51 

Agassiz,  122 

Albrecht,  61 

Aldrovandi,  13 

America,  discovery  of,  24,  112 

Aristotle,  2,  16,  17  w.,  30,  39,  45, 

47'  63>  73.  102  n. 
Aselli,  21 

BACON,  FRANCIS,  39 

Roger,  28 

Bacteria,  137 

Baer,  Von,  66,  102,  104,  121,  127 

Bagehot,  135 

Baker,  67,  69 

Barry,  106 

Belon,  13 

Bernard  of  Breydenbach,  23 

Bestiaries,  6,  23 

Bichat,  105 

Bock,  9,  12,  37,  124 

Bonnet,  45,  60 

Bonpland,  118 

Bossuet,  66 

Brown,  105  n. 

Brunfels,  9,  12 

Buffon,  40,  45,  63,  68,  71,  94  w., 

95,  120,  130 
Busbecq,  113 
Butler,  67 

CAIGNARD-LATOUR,  137 

Caius,  19,  67 

Camerarius,  48 

Gesalpini,   12,  17  «.,  34,  37,  80, 

85 

Chamisso,  100 
Charlemagne,  25 
Clodd,  65  n. 
Clusius,  in,  113 


Cole,  86 
Compton,  116 
Copernicus,  20 

DARWIN,  C.,  46,  66,  75,  91,  92, 

I2O,    121,  124 
E.,   120 


Davaine,  138 
Descartes,  69 
Dioscorides,  4 
Dumas,  106 
Duverney,  36 

ENCYCLOPAEDIC  Naturalists,  12 
Erasistratus,  4 
Evelyn,  in,  115,  116 
Experiments  of  ancient  Greeks, 
3 

FABRICIUS,  21 
Fagon,  115 
Flemings,  26 
Fontana,  105  n. 
Forbes,  131 
Fries,  17 
Frisch,  37,  67 
Fuchs,  9,  12 

GAERTNER,  86 

Galen,  4,  21 

Galileo,  28 

Gallon,  63  n.,  135 

Geer,  De,  37,  68 

Gerarde,  20 

Gesner,  n,  13,  17  w.,  18,  19,  20, 

"3 

Goethe,  80,  81,  84,  85 
Greenhouses,  114 
Grew,  32,  47,  86 


149 


INDEX 


HALES,  68,  77 

Hamm,  34 

Harvey,  21,  102 

Hedwig,  87 

Heide,  37 

Helmont,  Van,  77,  136 

Herophilus,  4 

Hofmeister,  83,85,  108,  109,  122 

Hooke,  29,  34,  37,  105 

Hothouses,  114 

Huber,  68,  77 

Humboldt,  118 

Hume,  72 

Hutton,  66 

INGENHOUSZ,  79 

JUSSIEU,  B.  de,  51 
A.  L.  de,  51 

KANT,  120 

King,  36 

Kirby,  68 

and  Spence,  55,  133 

LAMARCK,  46 
Laplace,  120 
Leeuvvenhoek,  32,  40,  58,  60,  68, 

86,  1 06,  137 
Leibnitz,  45,  64 
Leroy,  68,  73 
Lessing,  120 
Lindsay,  86 
Linnaeus,  48,  49,  52,  64,  80,  82, 

85,  87,  90,  92,  124,  130 
Lister,  Lord,  138 

M.,  35,  43,  67 

L'Obel,  12,  26,  124,  130 
Locke,  70 

Lyell,  66,  67,  94,  121 
Lyonet,  34,  58,  60,  61,  67 

MALPHIGHI,  32,  36,  40,  45,  47, 

127 

Marco  Polo,  23 
Master,  36 
Mattioli,  113 
Medicine  and  botany,  7 
M6ry,  37,  38,  67 


Micheli,  87 
Microscope,  28,  48 
Middle  Ages,  5,  6,  25 
Millington,  47 
Mohl,  106 
Montagu,  68 
Montesquieu,  63,  120 
Morgan,  Lloyd,  74 
Morison,  86 
Moufet,  20 

NEEDHAM,  40 
Newton,  63 

OLIVER  and  Scott,  83,  85 
Ortus  Sanitatis,  16 

PALEY,  133 

Palissy,  34 

Pallas,  46 

Parkinson,  20 

Pasteur,  136 

Pecquet,  22 

Perrault,  36,  37,  67 

Peter  Martyr  Anglerius,  24. 

Physiologus,  6 

Pliny,  5 

Plumier,  115  n. 

Pope,  45 

Poupart,  37,  38,  67 

PreVost,  106 

Priestley,  77 

Quackelbecn,  113 

RATHKE,  104,  127 

Ray,  17  n.,  22,  35,  38,  41,  48,  68r 

124 
Reaumur,  37,  40,  54,  60,  64,  68, 

70,87 
Redi,  39 
Rhineland,  n 
Roesel  von   Rosenhof,   67,  69,. 

100 

Rondelet,  13 
Rudbeck,  22 

SARS,  101 
Saussure,  De,  79 


INDEX 


Schleiden,  105 
Scott  and  Oliver,  83,  85 
Schwann,  105,  106,  137 
Seneca,  28,  113 
Serres,  Olivier  de,  26 
Smith,  35 
Socrates,  133 
Spallanzani,  40 
Spence,  68 
Spencer,  122 
Spreng-el,  89 
Stenson,  34 
Suminski,  108 

Swammerdam,  29,  37,  38,  40,  70, 
86,  103,  1 06,  133 

THEOPHRASTUS,  2,  47 
Titius,  124  n. 
Tournefort,  38 


Tradescant,  115 
Trembley,  57 
Turner,  18,  67 
Tyson,  36 

VALLISNIERI,  40 
Vesalius,  20,  21 
Vico,  63 
Voltaire,  35 

WALLACE,  120 

Wallis,  22 

White,  68 

Wolff,  80,  82,  84,  85,  103 

Woodward,  34 

Wotton,  18 

YEAST,  136 


PRINTED  BY  WATTS  AND  CO.,  JOHNSON'S  COURT,  FLEET  STREET,  LONDON,  E.C, 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made 
4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


rJUL  2  2  2004 


DD20   15M  4-02 


M  3655 


- 

r 


BIOLOGY 

LIBRARY 

r, 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


DARWINISM  AND  DARWIN1ANA 


AUTOBIOGRAPHY  OF 
CHARLES  DARWIN 

With  Appendices, 
comprising 

A  CHAPTER  OF  REMINISCENCES 

and 

A  STATEMENT  OF 
CHARLES  DARWIN'S  RELIGIOUS  VIEWS, 

by  his  Son, 

SIR  FRANCIS  DARWIN 
160  pp.;  elothette,  Is.  net 


TWO  INVALUABLE  WORKS 

By  Sir  Arthur  Keith,  F.R.S. 

DARWINISM  fc?  WHAT  IT  IMPLIES 

Contents: — Implications  of  Darwinism  (the  Ludwig  Moiu! 

Lecture  in  the  University  of  Manchester)  ;  Concerning  the 

Nature  of  Man's  Brain  ;  Modern  Critics  of  Evolution. 

CONCERNING  MAN'S  ORIGIN 

Contents: — The  Presidential  Address  given  at  the  Meeting 
of  the  British  Association,  1927  (How  our  modern  concep- 
tion of  man's  origin  has  come  about  ;  Advances  in  our 
Knowledg-e  made  since  Darwin's  Time  ;  The  Machinery  of 
Man's  Evolution)  ;  Further  Evidence  and  Some  Unsolved 
Problems ;  Darwin's  Home ;  Why  I  am  a  Darwinist  ; 
Capital  as  a  Factor  in  Evolution. 

Each  volume  60  pp.;  elothette,  Is.  net;  paper  cover,  7d.  net 


London  :  WATTS  &  CO.,  Johnson's  Court,  Fleet  St.,  E.C-4